Add jabref example bibliography.

svn path=/testcases/; revision=5002

2 files changed, 11984 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/app-text/jabref/README b/app-text/jabref/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa85c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/app-text/jabref/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=181086#c1
+
+"Here is a bibliography which is quite big and stress tests Jabref a little bit.
+ Edit some entries, create new ones and so on.  Don't wonder about LaTeX like
+entries. "
diff --git a/app-text/jabref/bibliograpy b/app-text/jabref/bibliograpy
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e5b576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/app-text/jabref/bibliograpy
@@ -0,0 +1,11979 @@
+This file was created with JabRef 1.7.
+Encoding: ISO-8859-15
+
+@STRING{beiprogramm = {{\TeX}-Beiprogramm}}
+
+@STRING{bretter = {Bretter, die die Welt bedeuten}}
+
+@STRING{dtk = {{D}ie {\TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die}}
+
+@STRING{editorial = {Editorial}}
+
+@STRING{fremdebuehne = {Von fremden B{\"u}hnen}}
+
+@STRING{fundus = {Aus dem Fundus}}
+
+@STRING{hinterbuehne = {Hinter der B{\"u}hne}}
+
+@STRING{leserbrief = {Leserbrief(e)}}
+
+@STRING{magazin = {Magazin}}
+
+@STRING{rezension = {Rezensionen}}
+
+@STRING{schonimmer = {Was Sie schon immer {\"u}ber {\TeX} wissen wollten \dots}}
+
+@STRING{theaterkasse = {Von der Theaterkasse}}
+
+@STRING{theatertage = {{\TeX}-Theatertage}}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:latex3-projekt-team:news,
+  author = {\LaTeX3-Projekt-Team},
+  title = {News from {\LaTeX}3},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {32--34},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:alighieri:goettliche,
+  author = {Dante Alighieri},
+  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {30--31},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:alighieri:goettliche,
+  author = {Dante Alighieri},
+  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {38},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:alighieri:goettliche,
+  author = {Dante Alighieri},
+  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {46},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:alighieri:goettliche,
+  author = {Dante Alighieri},
+  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {41},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:alighieri:goettliche,
+  author = {Dante Alighieri},
+  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {46--47},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:alighieri:goettliche,
+  author = {Dante Alighieri},
+  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {32},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:astheimer:bemerkung,
+  author = {Henning Astheimer},
+  title = {Bemerkung zu den {S}ervern},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {44--45},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:baas:tex-makros,
+  author = {Michael Baas},
+  title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {34--40},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Anhand eines konkreten Beispiels, {\"u}ber dessen praktische Zul{\"a}ssigkeit die
+	 {\glqq}Fundis{\grqq} unter den {\TeX}-Anwendern sicherlich hei{\ss}e
+	 Diskussionen f{\"u}hren k{\"o}nnten, wird das Problem aufgezeigt, einen
+	 allgemeinen {\glqq}Definitionsmechanismus{\grqq} f{\"u}r Makros zu
+	 entwickeln. Es werden schlie{\ss}lich drei Makros entwickelt, die es in
+	 verschiedenen Varianten erlauben, beliebige Zeichen als Makro zu definieren.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:baas:briefe,
+  author = {Michael Baas},
+  title = {Briefe mit {\LaTeX} -- {E}in {\"U}berblick},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {37--40},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Briefe, Dinbriefe},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:barth.steiner:deutsche,
+  author = {Wilhelm Barth and Helmut Steiner},
+  title = {Deutsche {S}ilbentrennung f{\"u}r {\TeX} 3.1},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {33--35},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Silbentrennung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:barthelmann:zaehler,
+  author = {Klaus Barthelmann},
+  title = {Z{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {13--19},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Angenommen, Sie m{\"o}chten die Dokumentenklasse \texttt{report}
+	 verwenden und ihre Fu{\ss}noten fortlaufend durch den gesamten Text
+	 numerieren. Sie bemerken aber, da{\ss} die Z{\"a}hlung in jedem Kapitel
+	 neu beginnt. Was tun? Die saubere und einfache L{\"o}sung besteht
+	 darin, \texttt{report.cls} zu kopieren, umzubenennen und die Zeile
+	 \verb+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}+ zu streichen. Nat{\"u}rlich k{\"o}nnen dann noch weitere
+	 Anpassungen vorgenommen werden. Die unsaubere L{\"o}sung dagegen erfodert,
+	 die Wirkung dieser Zeile nachtr{\"a}glich aufzuheben. Sie greift in
+	 {\LaTeXe}-Interna ein und lehrt uns etwas {\"u}ber Listenverarbeitung in {\TeX}.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Z{\"a}hler, Listenverarbeitung, Mouth, Stommach, Makro},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bauhaus:gedanken,
+  author = {Georg Bauhaus},
+  title = {Gedanken zu {G}edanken zu {G}edankenstrichen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {48--50},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:baumert:katzenbeisser,
+  author = {Uwe Baumert},
+  title = {Katzenbeisser, {"`V}on der {I}dee zum {D}okument -- {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX"'}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {53--55},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+  reference = {Stefan Katzenbeisser: \emph{Von der Idee zum Dokument --
+	 Eine Einf{\"u}hrung in \TeX\ und \LaTeX}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag,
+	 M{\"u}nchen, 2. Auflage 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24182-6\\ 230 Seiten, 69,00~DM},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:baumert:mit,
+  author = {Uwe Baumert},
+  title = {"`Mit {\LaTeXe} wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten erstellen"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther {(Hg.)}/{T}horsten {Z}ilm},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {34--37},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bayer:bericht,
+  author = {Georg Bayer},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {36},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {VM},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:bayer:bericht,
+  author = {Georg Bayer},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {39},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {VM},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:becker:devanangi-fonts,
+  author = {Joachim U. Becker},
+  title = {Devanangi-{F}onts f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {44-45},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Devangangi, Fonts, Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:beeton:michael,
+  author = {Barbara Beeton},
+  title = {Michael John Downes},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {27},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:beitz:darstellung,
+  author = {Eric Beitz},
+  title = {Darstellung von Membranprotein-Topologien mit dem {\TeX}topo-Paket},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {36--},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Wie zahlreiche Reaktionen auf das {\TeX}shade-Paket
+	 f{\"u}r Nukleotid- und Pro\-teinsequenzvergleiche (DTK4/99) zeigen,
+	 findet {\TeX} auch unter Bio\-wissen\-schaftlern seine Anwender. Nun
+	 ist das n{\"a}chste {\TeX}-Makropaket f{\"u}r diesen Nutzerkreis
+	 fertig gestellt. {\TeX}topo{} verarbeitet Daten zur Topologie von
+	 Mem\-branproteinen und stellt sie schematisch dar. Dabei arbeitet es eng
+	 mit oben genanntem {\TeX}shade{}-Paket zusammen, um automatisierte
+	 Schattierungen zu erm{\"o}glichen. Beide Pakete zusammen genommen bilden den
+	 Ausgangspunkt des Bio\TeX-Projekts, das ausgereifte {\TeX}-Makros
+	 f{\"u}r Biochemiker/(Moleku\-lar-)Biologen zur Verf{\"u}gung stellen
+	 will. Online-Dokumentationen und weitere Informationen finden sich
+	 unter der URL \texttt{http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/beitz}. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:beitz:texshade-paket,
+  author = {Eric Beitz},
+  title = {Das \texttt{texshade}-Paket: Setzen von Nukleotid- und Protein\textsl{alignments}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {37--43},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Das \emph{naturwissenschaftliche} Satzprogramm {\TeX} hat sich aufgrund der
+	 M{\"o}glichkeiten im Formelsatz bisher haupts{\"a}chlich in mathematisch
+	 orientierten Fachrichtungen etabliert. Unter Biowissenschaftlern scheint es
+	 dagegen nicht sehr verbreitet zu sein. Doch eignet sich {\TeX} als
+	 Makrosprache hervorragend zur Darstellung und Schattierung von DNA-
+	 oder Proteinsequenzvergleichen, sogenannten \emph{Alignments}. Das
+	 {\TeX}shade{}-Paket wurde entwickelt, um bei einfachster Handhabung
+	 Sequenzvergleiche flexibel und aussagekr{\"a}ftig zu gestalten. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:benischke:huellen,
+  author = {Florian Benischke},
+  title = {H{\"u}llen f{\"u}r Musikkassetten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {41--43},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {Mit Hilfe von \texttt{mceinleger.sty} lassen sich H{\"u}llen und Einleger für Musikkassetten
+	 erstellen. Dieser Artikel soll dieses Paket vorstellen und seine Benutzung
+	 erleichtern. Unter "`H{\"u}lle"' wird in diesem Zusammenhang eine Einlage
+	 für Musikkassetten verstanden, die aus einer Vorder-, Schmal- und
+	 R{\"u}ckseite besteht, ein "`Einleger"' umfasst zus{\"a}tzlich noch
+	 eine einklappbare Seite, die an die Vorderseite anschlie{\ss}t. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:bernloehr:viewdvi,
+  author = {Konrad Bernl{\"o}hr},
+  title = {{VIEWDVI} -- ein leistungsf{\"a}higer {P}reviewer f{\"u}r {P}ersonal {C}omputer},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {20--23},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Previewer, VIEWDVI},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:beuermann:erstellung,
+  author = {Sascha Beuermann},
+  title = {Erstellung von leistungsf{\"a}higen PDF-Dokumenten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {1/02},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = { In diesem Artikel werden die M{\"o}glichkeiten aufgezeigt, die die Pakete
+	 \texttt{hyperref} und \texttt{thumbpdf} bieten, um mit Hilfe von {\LaTeX}\
+	 leistungsf{\"a}hige Dokumente im Portable Document Format (PDF) zu
+	 erstellen. Dabei wird insbesondere auf das Erzeugen von Lesezeichen
+	 (Bookmarks), auf PDF-spezifische Anzeigeoptionen sowie auf das Anlegen von
+	 Hypertext-Strukturen mit Hilfe des Pakets \texttt{hyperref} und auf die
+	 Generierung der Seitenvorschau (Piktogramme oder Thumbnails) mit
+	 dem Paket \texttt{thumbpdf} eingegangen. Abschlie{\ss}end wird die
+	 Linearisierung und Verschl{\"u}sselung von PDF-Dokumenten behandelt. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:birkhahn:gegendarstellung,
+  author = {Lutz Birkhahn},
+  title = {Gegendarstellung zum {A}rtikel {\glqq}{A}miga und {\TeX}{\grqq}. 1/1993},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {56--59},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Amiga, cs\TeX, Atari, Gegendarstellung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
+  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}tari},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {55},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
+  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {32--33},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
+  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {33--34},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:birkhahn.lindner:tex,
+  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
+  title = {{\TeX} auf dem {A}tari {ST}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {40--43},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = {Das folgende ist ein stichpunktartiger
+	 Bericht {\"u}ber den Status des {\TeX}-Systems auf dem Atari ST.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:bearbeitung,
+  author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
+  title = {Bearbeitung mehrteiliger {\LaTeX}-{D}okumente mit \texttt{TEXPART.BAT}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {32--34},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {mehrteilige Dokumente},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:setzen,
+  author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
+  title = {Setzen von {R}egeln mit \texttt{regel.sty}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {24--27},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Regelsatz,},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:struktogramme,
+  author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
+  title = {Struktogramme setzen mit \texttt{strukto.sty}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {27--32},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Struktogramme},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:bleser.lang:bilder,
+  author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang},
+  title = {Bilder in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {18--24},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, \verb|picins.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bleser.lang:balkendiagramme,
+  author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang},
+  title = {Balkendiagramme in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {28--33},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Balkendiagramme, Grafik, \verb|bar.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:bode:bibtex-style-files,
+  author = {Hans-Hermann Bode},
+  title = {Neue {\BibTeX}-{S}tyle-{F}iles: die \emph{adaptable family}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {31--41},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {Es wird eine neue Familie von
+	 \BibTeX{}-Style-Files vorgestellt, die von den Standard-Style-Files
+	 abgeleitet ist und sich durch nachtr{\"a}gliche Anpa{\ss}barkeit
+	 von Layout und F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern seitens des Benutzers oder der
+	 Benutzerin auszeichnet. Das Paket umfa{\ss}t neben den eigentlichen
+	 Stil-Dateien mit Definitionen, die automatisch eine englische oder
+	 deutsche Bibliographie mit ausgeschriebenen oder abgek{\"u}rzten
+	 F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern erzeugen und au{\ss}erdem die volle Kompatibilit{\"a}t
+	 bestehender \BibTeX{}-Datenbanken zu den neuen Stilen sowie umgekehrt die
+	 Vertr{\"a}glichkeit neuer Datenbanken zu den alten Stilen herstellen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {BibTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:bogdol:latex,
+  author = {Blandyna Bogdol},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} ist auch weiblich},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {24--27},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Ein {\LaTeX}-Kurs nur f{\"u}r Frauen? Und das noch
+	 w{\"a}hrend des Urlaubs? Kann so was Spa{\ss} machen? Wie kann so ein Kurs
+	 aufgebaut werden? Lesen Sie in diesem Artikel, wie acht Frauen sich
+	 eine Woche lang nur mit dem Thema {\LaTeX} besch{\"a}ftigt haben. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:bogdol.faulhammer:roland,
+  author = {Blandyna Bogdol and Christian Faulhammer},
+  title = {"`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms (3. Auflage)},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2004},
+  volume = {3/04},
+  pages = {57--62},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Roland Willms schrieb ein Buch
+	 unter dem viel versprechenenden Titel "`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"'. Er
+	 verspricht, \LaTeX{} schnell und ohne Mühe zu erlernen. Ob es mit dem
+	 Buch möglich ist oder doch nicht, zeigt die nachfolgende Rezension.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {16},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:borchert,
+  title = {Das Gesamtwerk},
+  publisher = {Rowohlt},
+  year = {1998},
+  author = {Wolfgang Borchert},
+  address = {Hamburg},
+  isbn = {3-499-22509-3},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bratz:beinahe,
+  author = {Ernst Bratz},
+  title = {Beinahe gut -- ein subjektiver {T}est von {S}cientific {W}ord},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {37--38},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Word, Scientific Word},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:braun:tex-tagung,
+  author = {Jan Braun},
+  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld --- Ank{\"u}ndigung und Call for Papers},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {64--65},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {Spielplan},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:braun:tex-tagung,
+  author = {Jan Braun},
+  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {65},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {Spielplan},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braun:etwas,
+  author = {Jan Braun},
+  title = {{E}in etwas anderer {W}etterbericht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {66-68},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braun:winword,
+  author = {Jan Braun},
+  title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}, {H}eft 4/94},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {45--48},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {U}nix},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {26--27},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {UNIX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:protokoll,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {S}oftware-{D}istribution},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {17--18},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {U}nix},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {62},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {UNIX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {53--54},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {UNIX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {UNIX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {58},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {UNIX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {35--36},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {UNIX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {42--43},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:braune:bericht,
+  author = {Klaus Braune},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {37--38},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {UNIX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:breger:erfahrungen,
+  author = {Herbert Breger},
+  title = {Erfahrungen bei der {A}nwendung von plain-{\TeX} und {E}dmac auf die {L}eibniz-{E}dition},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {16--22},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Edmac, plain-{\TeX}, Leibniz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:breitenlohner:bericht,
+  author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PubliC\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {52--53},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Public\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:breitenlohner:bericht,
+  author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {PC}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {62},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {PC},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breitenlohner:bericht,
+  author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PC}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {37},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {PC},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breuer:ftp-server,
+  author = {Stefan Breuer},
+  title = {ftp-{S}erver, {CD-ROM} oder {D}isketten? {D}ie {V}erteilermedien f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {47--49},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, ftp, CD-ROM, Disketten},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:breuer:word,
+  author = {Stefan Breuer},
+  title = {{WORD}, {\TeX} und {A}lcuin},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {44--45},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Word, Alcuin},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:breuer:anmerkungen,
+  author = {Stefan Breuer},
+  title = {Anmerkungen zum \footnote-{B}efehl},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {20--22},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Markup},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:breymann:dokumentationen,
+  author = {Ullrich Breymann},
+  title = {Dokumentationen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {37--43},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {C-Programme, Quellcode, Dokumentationen, },
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:bronger:einfaches,
+  author = {Torsten Bronger},
+  title = {Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {52--66},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = { Es gibt mehrere Wege, mit {\LaTeX} einen Text in Fraktur oder Gotisch zu setzen.
+	 Leider ist das stets auf die eine oder andere Art umst{\"a}ndlich.
+	 Das Paket \texttt{blacklettert1} versucht den Zugang zu gebrochenen
+	 Schriften zu erleichtern, indem es sie in der T1-Kodierung bereitstellt. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:brusberg:makeidx,
+  author = {Oliver Brusberg},
+  title = {\emph{MakeIdx} -- ein (anderer) {I}ndexprozessor f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {30--33},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {MakeIdx, Index},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:burkhard:bericht,
+  author = {Wener Burkhard},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {37},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:burkhard:bericht,
+  author = {Wener Burkhard},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {40},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:burkhard:klassenarbeiten,
+  author = {Werner Burkhard},
+  title = {Klassenarbeiten mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {29--32},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Aufgaben, Klassenarbeiten, Klausuren},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:burkhardt:schaubilder,
+  author = {Werner Burkhardt},
+  title = {Schaubilder mathematischer {F}unktionen mit {\PiCTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {22--27},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\PiCTeX, Funktionen, Grafik, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:burr:editorial,
+  author = {Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:burr:editorial,
+  author = {Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:editorial,
+  author = {Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:schwierigkeiten,
+  author = {Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Schwierigkeiten beim {S}etzen einer {T}abelle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {35--37},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Tabellensatz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:burr:editorial,
+  author = {Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:burr:editorial,
+  author = {Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:burr.kruljac:europaeische,
+  author = {Barbara Burr and Gabriele Kruljac},
+  title = {4.~{E}urop{\"a}ische {\TeX}-{K}onferenz in {K}arlsruhe, 11.--13.~{S}eptember 1989},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {15--17},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:boeke:absaetze,
+  author = {Henning B{\"o}ke},
+  title = {{A}bs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders, {H}eft 2/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {37--40},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:christine-detig:bericht,
+  author = {Christine Detig, Johannes H{\"u}sing, Harald K{\"o}nig},
+  title = {Bericht der Kassenpr{\"u}fer},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {10--13},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:creutzig:indexverzeichnisse,
+  author = {Christopher Creutzig},
+  title = {Indexverzeichnisse mit \XINDY\ und \texttt{xindy.sty}~-- eine Einf{\"u}hrung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {53--60},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { Indexverzeichnisse werden beim Arbeiten mit {\TeX}\
+	 traditionell mit makeindex gesetzt. Dieses Programm hat leider viele
+	 Einschr{\"a}nkungen, die das Erstellen der Indizes kompliziert xindy ist
+	 ein Programm, das einen Teil der Einschr{\"a}nkungen umgeht. Mit
+	 \texttt{xindy.sty} gibt es nun auch eine einigerma{\ss}en komfortable
+	 M{\"o}glichkeit, diese Funktionen direkt aus {\LaTeX}\ heraus zu nutzen. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:creutzig:interlinearuebersetzung,
+  author = {Christopher Creutzig},
+  title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: eine M{\"o}glichkeit},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {27--29},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {In \emph{\DTK\,2/1999} stellte Siegfried
+	 Splett das Problem, eine einfach zu verwendende Umgebung f{\"u}r
+	 \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzungen} zu programmieren. Mit einer kleinen
+	 Einschr{\"a}nkung stellt dieser Artikel das Gew{\"u}nschte zur Verf{\"u}gung. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dafferner:epson-kompatibilitaet,
+  author = {Andreas Dafferner},
+  title = {Epson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {17--18},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dafferner:nachtrag,
+  author = {Andreas Dafferner},
+  title = {Nachtrag zum {A}rtikel: \emph{{E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {14},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dafferner.dietsche.ea:alternative,
+  author = {Andreas Dafferner and Luzia Dietsche and Bernd Raichle and Volker RW Schaa and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {43--47},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = {Vielen Anf{\"a}ngern und Umsteigern von anderen
+	 Textverarbeitungsprogrammen ist die gro{\ss}e Anzahl von Befehlen in
+	 {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} der Haupthinderungsgrund f{\"u}r eine schnelle und
+	 effiziente Einarbeitung. Das hier abgedruckte Glossar soll einen ersten
+	 einfachen Einstieg in die komplexe Befehlsstruktur auf eine leicht
+	 verst{\"a}ndliche Weise erm{\"o}glichen. Bei Bedarf werden weitere
+	 Folgen auf Schwerverst{\"a}ndliches oder Wissenswertes eingehen.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dafferner.schoepf:aufenthalt,
+  author = {Andreas Dafferner and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Ein {A}ufenthalt in {E}lbflorenz},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {19--21},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:decker:protokoll,
+  author = {Herbert F. Decker},
+  title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung, {H}eft 1/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {41--42},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Mitgliederschwund, Gegenma{\ss}nahmen},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:fraktur,
+  title = {Kleiner Fraktur-Knigge für den Umgang mit gebrochenen Schriften},
+  publisher = {Bund für deutsche Schrift und Sprache},
+  year = {2001},
+  author = {Gerda Delbanco},
+  address = {Ahlhorn},
+  edition = {3},
+  isbn = {3-930540-15-0},
+  comment = {PDF-Version},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:detig,
+  title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Wegweiser},
+  publisher = {mitp Verlag},
+  year = {2004},
+  author = {Christine Detig},
+  address = {Bonn},
+  edition = {2},
+  month = jun,
+  isbn = {3-8266-1414-3},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:detig:deutsche,
+  author = {Christine Detig},
+  title = {Deutsche {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {38--40},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:detig:digital,
+  author = {Christine Detig},
+  title = {Digital {T}ypography -- {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {29--30},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+  keywords = {Typographie, Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:detig.schaa:kassenpruefung,
+  author = {Christine Detig and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Kassenpr{\"u}fung 1998},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {12--18},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:dietsche:bei,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {\dante{} bei der MNU},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {In der Woche vor Ostern fand in
+	 Stuttgart die Tagung MNU\,2000 des Vereins zur F{\"o}rderung des
+	 mathematischen und naturwissenschaftlichen Unterrichts statt, bei der einige
+	 Freiwillige mit einem Stand Werbung f{\"u}r {\TeX} und \dante{} machten. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {{E}ditorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:drucken,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Drucken wie zu {O}mas {Z}eiten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {8},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {Leipzig, Museum, Druckerei, Druckkunst, historisch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:lesetypographie,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Lesetypographie},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {44--45},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, weiterf{\"u}hrendes Handbuch, Typograhie allgemein},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:cjk-paket,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket -- {K}orrekturen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {19},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Fehlerbericht, CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 14.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {5--15},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 15.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {6--21},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 12.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {5--18},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:tex,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {{\TeX}: starting from 1},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {43--44},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:fachwoerterbuch,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Fachw{\"o}rterbuch {K}ommunikationsdesign},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {46--47},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Kommunikationsdesign},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 13.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {6--20},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 10.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {6--22},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:seitenzahlen,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Seitenzahlen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {46--47},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Seitenzahlen, Markup, \verb|\thepage|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 11.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}. {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {6--17},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:absatzformen,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Absatzformen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {28--30},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Absatzformat, \verb|\leftskip|, \verb|\rightskip|, \verb|\parfillskip|, Markup},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:rechtschreibreform,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Rechtschreibreform},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {35--36},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:aktive,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Aktive {M}itglieder der letzten {J}ahre},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {23--25},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:fussnotenvariante,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Fu{\ss}notenvariante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {50--51},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Markup, Fu{\ss}noten},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 8.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {5--23},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:kopfzeilen,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Kopfzeilen mal anders},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {54--55},
+  month = sep,
+  note = {Beispiele zur Abwandlung der Kopfzeilen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Kopfzeilen, Markup},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 9.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {7--25},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:hokuspokus,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Hokuspokus},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {30--37},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:verlorengegangene,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Verlorengegangene {TUG}-{M}itglieder},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {6--7},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:anfaengerfragen,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen gesucht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {49},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:bezugsquellen,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Bezugsquellen f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {51},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 6.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {5--22},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:blocksatz,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Blocksatz beim {A}bbildungs-/{T}abellentitel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {37--38},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Markup, Blocksatz, Abbildungen, Tabellen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 7.~{M}itgliederversammlung {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {4--17},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:fette,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Fette mathematische {A}kzente},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {35},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Formelsatz, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 4.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachigen {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {4--11},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:dietsche:hat,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {\dots{} der hat was zu erz{\"a}hlen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {33--34},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 5.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {4--16},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:dietsche:editorial,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:deutsche,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol. 11, {N}o. 1},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {12--15},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 2.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {4--11},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~2},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {11--15},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche*1,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~3},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {15--20},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:gutenberg90,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {{GUT}enberg{'90} (15.5--17.5)},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {7--9},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:tug90,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {{TUG}90 (17.6--20.6)},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {9--10},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 3.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {4--7},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dietsche:deutsche,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~5},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {9--13},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:deutsche,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung von {A}rtikeln aus einem der n{\"a}chsten {TUGboats}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {21--24},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:protokoll,
+  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
+  title = {Protokoll der 1.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {8--11},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:dilba,
+  title = {Typographie-Lexikon und Lesebuch für alle},
+  publisher = {Selbstverlag},
+  year = {2004},
+  author = {Eberhard Dilba},
+  address = {Düsseldorf},
+  edition = {2},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = {Typographie-Lexikon mit über 800
+	 Hauptstichwörtern und vielen weiteren Begriffen sowie über 50 Abbildungen},
+  comment = {Lexikon.pdf},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+  url = {home.t-online.de/home/eberhard.dilba},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dippel:latex-seitenlayout,
+  author = {Joachim Dippel},
+  title = {Neues zum {\LaTeX}-{S}eitenlayout: {D}er {O}urhead {S}tyle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {16--20},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Markup, Seitenlayout, \verb|ourhead.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:diskussionsgruppe-belichter:eigene,
+  author = {Diskussionsgruppe {\glqq}Belichter{\grqq}, DANTE e.V.},
+  title = {Eine eigene {L}ichtsatzanlage f{\"u}r {DANTE} e.V.?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {21--25},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:diverse:offener,
+  author = {Diverse},
+  title = {{O}ffener {B}rief an das {P}r{\"a}sidium von {DANTE} e.{V}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {53--56},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:doll:digitaler,
+  author = {Tim Doll},
+  title = {Digitaler Textsatz, digitale Typographie. Ein {\"U}berblick},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {14--39},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = { Ziel dieses Artikels ist
+	 es, einen {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber typographische Entwicklungen im
+	 Arbeitsprozess der digitalen Textproduktion zu verschaffen. Nach einer knappen
+	 historischen {\"U}bersicht werde ich kurz die Entwicklung von Satz- und
+	 Druckverfahren im Zeitungswesen darstellen, dies insbesondere in Hinsicht
+	 auf die Standardausgabeformate \PS{} und Portable Document Format
+	 (PDF) von Adobe Systems. Weiterhin werden mit dem Satzsystem {\TeX},
+	 dem dazu geh{\"o}rigen Zeichensatzprogramm \MF\ und dem sogenannten
+	 \emph{Desktop Publishing} (\textsc{dtp}) wichtige Entwicklungen im
+	 typographischen Bereich dargestellt. Die Diskussion erfolgt vor allem
+	 mit Blick auf die Frage, inwiefern sich \textsc{dtp}-Autoren und
+	 Mainstream-\textsc{dtp}-Software als "`gute Typographen"' eignen. Als Schlussfolgerung ergibt
+	 sich, dass weder professionelle Methoden noch \textsc{dtp} zu einem
+	 befriedigenden Ergebnis f{\"u}hren, wenn vorausgesetzt wird, dass zu
+	 Gunsten des effizienten digitalen Arbeitsprozesses das menschliche
+	 Beurteilungsverm{\"o}gen typographischer Kriterien vernachl{\"a}ssigt werden kann. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:donath:dokumentation,
+  author = {Dirk Donath},
+  title = {Dokumentation von {HPTOMF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {19--22},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {HPTOMF},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:ruecktritt,
+  author = {Matthias Eckermann},
+  title = {R{\"u}cktritt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {68--69},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:texnische,
+  author = {Matthias Eckermann},
+  title = {{\TeX}nische {Q}ualen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {40--42},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:eckermann:paralleles,
+  author = {Matthias Eckermann},
+  title = {Paralleles {S}etzen l{\"a}ngerer {T}exte},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {23--27},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {paralleles Setzen, zweisprachiges Setzen},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:tbt,
+  title = {{\TeX} by Topic},
+  publisher = {Addison Wesley},
+  year = {2001},
+  author = {Victor Eijkhout},
+  month = dec,
+  isbn = {0-201-56882-9},
+  abstract = {To the casual observer, TEX is not a state-of-the-art typesetting system. No flashy
+	 multilevel menus and interactive manipulation of text and graphics dazzle
+	 the onlooker. On a less superficial level, however, TEX is a very
+	 sophisticated program, first of all because of the ingeniousness of its
+	 built-in algorithms for such things as paragraph breaking and make-up of
+	 mathematical formulas, and second because of its almost complete
+	 programmability. The combination of these factors makes it possible for
+	 TEX to realize almost every imaginable layout in a highly automated
+	 fashion. Unfortunately, it also means that TEX has an unusually large
+	 number of commands and parameters, and that programming TEX can be
+	 far from easy. Anyone wanting to program in TEX, and maybe even the
+	 ordinary user, would seem to need two books: a tutorial that gives a
+	 first glimpse of the many nuts and bolts of TEX, and after that a
+	 systematic, complete reference manual. This book tries to fulfil the
+	 latter function. A TEXer who has already made a start (using any of a
+	 number of introductory books on the market) should be able to use this
+	 book indefinitely thereafter. In this volume the universe of TEX is
+	 presented as about forty different subjects, each in a separate chapter.
+	 Each chapter starts out with a list of control sequences relevant to
+	 the topic of that chapter and proceeds to treat the theory of the
+	 topic. Most chapters conclude with remarks and examples. Globally, the
+	 chapters are ordered as follows. The chapters on basic mechanisms
+	 are first, the chapters on text treatment and mathematics are next,
+	 and finally there are some chapters on output and aspects of TEX?s
+	 connections to the outside world. The book also contains a glossary of TEX
+	 commands, tables, and indexes by example, by control sequence, and
+	 by subject. The subject index refers for most concepts to only one
+	 page, where most of the information on that topic can be found, as
+	 well as references to the locations of related information. This
+	 book does not treat any specific TEX macro package. Any parts of
+	 the plain format that are treated are those parts that belong to
+	 the ?core? of plain TEX: they are also present in, for instance,
+	 LATEX. Therefore, most remarks about the plain format are true for
+	 LATEX, as well as most other formats. Putting it differently, if the
+	 text refers to the plain format, this should be taken as a contrast
+	 to pure IniTEX, not to LATEX. By way of illustration, occasionally
+	 macros from plain TEX are explained that do not belong to the core.},
+  comment = {PDF-Version},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@MISC{package:comment,
+  author = {Eijkhout, Victor},
+  title = {Selectivly in/exclude pieces of text, version 3.6},
+  year = {1999},
+  note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/comment/}},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:engelke:dante93,
+  author = {Stephan Engelke},
+  title = {{DANTE}'93 in {C}hemnitz},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {27--31},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {24},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {55},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {43--44},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {32},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {34--37},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:erlmeier:bericht,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {31--33},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:erlmeier:mailbox,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Mailbox f{\"u}r {A}miga-{\TeX}-{S}oftware},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {53--56},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga, Mailbox},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:erlmeier:amiga-news,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Amiga-{N}ews},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {53--54},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:erlmeier:rund,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Rund um den {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {40--43},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:erlmeier:software-verteilung,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Software-{V}erteilung {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {26--28},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:pastex,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Pas{\TeX} in {V}orbereitung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {36},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Pas\TeX, Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:texnische,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {{\TeX}nische {S}oftware auf dem {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {6--8},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:erlmeier:amiga,
+  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
+  title = {Der {A}miga und {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {26--28},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Amiga},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:esken:kurzer,
+  author = {Thomas Esken},
+  title = {Kurzer {N}achtrag zur {\TeX}-{B}enutzungsoberfl{\"a}che \textsf{Tx1}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {33--34},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:esken:bedieneroberflaeche,
+  author = {Thomas Esken},
+  title = {Eine {B}edieneroberfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r das {em\TeX}-{S}ystem},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {17--20},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che, em\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:etter.kaercher.ea:latex,
+  author = {Martin Etter and Daniel K{\"a}rcher and Jan Theofel},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} trifft Seemann -- Tagungsbericht DANTE 2003 in Bremen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {21--26},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk04.1:faulhammer:fehler,
+  author = {Christian Faulhammer},
+  title = {Fehler schneller finden: Das Minimalbeispiel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2004},
+  volume = {1/04},
+  pages = {39--46},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {Fehler zu finden kann vor allem bei umfangreichen
+	 Dokumenten recht schwierig sein. Manchmal kommt eine Fehlermeldung und an
+	 der angegebenen Stelle im Quelltext ist nichts falsch, also muss
+	 der Fehler woanders liegen. Um solche Problemfälle schnell lösen zu
+	 können, hat sich in de.comp.text.tex das Minimalbeispiel bewährt. Das
+	 Minimalbeispiel ist klein, sofort ausführbar und übersichtlich, ideal
+	 für eine gezielte Fehlersuche. Das Prinzip ist nicht schwer, man
+	 braucht nur ein wenig gesunden Menschenverstand und Zeit; von letzterer
+	 bräuchten wir aber mehr, wenn wir den Fehler durch Raten zu finden
+	 versuchten. Exemplarisch soll das hier einmal an Hand von \LaTeX
+	 vorgestellt werden, jedes andere \TeX-Format ist aber genauso denkbar.},
+  altnumber = {16},
+  altvolumne = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:faulhammer:huellen,
+  author = {Christian Faulhammer},
+  title = {H{\"u}llen (nicht nur) f{\"u}r Musik-CDs},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {9--14},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Mit Hilfe der Dokumentenklasse \Package{cd-cover} kann man sehr einfach
+	 Einleger f{\"u}r die verschiedensten CD-H{\"u}llen-Typen anlegen. Die
+	 M{\"o}glichkeiten sind dabei vielf{\"a}ltig, so dass f{\"u}r jede Bauart etwas
+	 dabei ist, egal ob Single, Standard-H{\"u}lle oder gar Papiertasche.},
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:faulhammer.kastrup:thorsten,
+  author = {Christian Faulhammer and David Kastrup},
+  title = {Thorsten Zilm: {\LaTeX} -- Das Einsteigerseminar},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2004},
+  volume = {3/04},
+  pages = {51--57},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Im November 2003 gab es in der vereinsinternen
+	 Mailingliste~\cite{bib:danteev} eine hitzige Diskussion über die Einstiegshürde, die
+	 \LaTeX{} auch heute noch hat. Einige Teilnehmer waren der Meinung,
+	 dass es schon ein Problem für sie als "`alte Hasen"' sei, geeignete
+	 Literatur für Neueinsteiger zu benennen. Früher existierten quasi
+	 nur die Bücher von Helmut Kopka, die bis jetzt vielen spontan als
+	 Empfehlung für einen Anfänger über die Lippen kommen. Leider hat
+	 diese Buchreihe im Laufe der Jahre nicht mit der Entwicklung von
+	 \LaTeX{} mithalten können, so dass viele Teile veraltet sind. Dazu
+	 kommt noch der von vielen als schlecht empfundene didaktische Aufbau,
+	 diese Bücher sind damit eigentlich heute nicht mehr zu empfehlen.
+	 Dieses Problem will eine kleine Gruppe von Mitgliedern versuchen zu
+	 beseitigen. Die letzten Monate haben wir damit verbracht, mit Hilfe
+	 von \dante{} (vielen Dank an Frau Dornacher und Günter Partosch),
+	 Bücher der letzten zwei Jahre zu besorgen und auch zu lesen. Neben den
+	 Autoren sind folgende Personen an der Arbeit beteiligt: Christoph
+	 Bier, Blandyna Bogdol, Jürgen Fenn und Andreas Hirsch (vielen Dank
+	 an~\cite{bib:gap} für die Mailingliste). Dieser Artikel soll also die
+	 Eröffnung einer ganzen Reihe werden. Bei Fragen und Kommentaren wenden
+	 Sie sich einfach an uns. Eine Übersicht zu verfügbarer Literatur
+	 bietet~\cite{bib:partosch}, leider nicht mehr ganz aktuell, aber
+	 dennoch hilfreich. Jetzt zum eigentlichen Thema dieses Artikels.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {16},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:feuerstack:einfuehrung,
+  author = {Thomas Feuerstack},
+  title = {Einf\"uhrung in pdf{\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {41--54},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = { Der Artikel richtet sich an Interessierte und
+	 Neueinsteiger, die mit Hilfe von pdf{\TeX}\ m\"oglichst schnell PDF-Dokumente
+	 erstellen wollen, ohne sich vorab intensiv mit Hintergrundwissen
+	 auseinandersetzen zu m\"ussen. Dar\"uberhinaus sollen beim Erzeugen von
+	 PDF-Dokumenten h\"aufig auftretende Probleme er\"ortert sowie L\"osungswege
+	 aufgezeigt werden -- nat\"urlich ohne Anspruch auf Vollst\"andigkeit. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:feuerstack:zauber,
+  author = {Thomas Feuerstack},
+  title = {Der {Z}auber eines {L}{\"a}chelns},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {20--25},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:fischer:serienbriefe,
+  author = {Ulrike Fischer},
+  title = {Serienbriefe},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {38--44},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {Serienbriefe erm{\"o}glichen
+	 eine pers{\"o}nliche Ansprache des Empf{\"a}ngers -- besonders dann,
+	 wenn nicht nur das Adre{\ss}feld individuellen Text enth{\"a}lt.
+	 Die in diesem Artikel vorgestellten Beispiele kn{\"u}pfen an eine
+	 bereits in "`\DTK"' vorgestellte Methode des Datenbank-Imports an. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:fischer:schnittstelle,
+  author = {Ulrike Fischer},
+  title = {Eine {S}chnittstelle zwischen {D}atenbanken und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {28--33},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:fismer:tex,
+  author = {Gregor Fismer},
+  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r alle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:friesland-koepke:bericht,
+  author = {Gerhard Friesland-K{\"o}pke},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VAX/VMS}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {38--39},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {VAX, VMS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:geisse:handbook,
+  author = {Armin Geisse},
+  title = {"`Handbook of Typography for the Mathematical Sciences"' von Steven G. Krantz},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {67--70},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = { Mit seinem neuesten Buch
+	 m{\"o}chte Steven G. Krantz Hilfestellung f{\"u}r Autoren in spe
+	 geben, die sich mit dem Gedanken tragen, ein mathematisches Werk zu
+	 ver{\"o}ffentlichen. In insgesamt sieben Kapiteln gibt Krantz eine
+	 Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXTeX}, er erl{\"a}utert den Produktionsprozess
+	 eines Buches und streift die Grundlagen der Ver{\"o}ffentlichung im
+	 WWW. Trotz des aktuellen Erscheinungsdatums beschreibt das Buch in
+	 gro{\ss}en Teilen den Software-Stand vor 4--5~Jahren und wurde nur sehr
+	 unvollst{\"a}ndig aktualisiert. Es leidet unter vielen Wiederholungen und einer
+	 schlecht strukturierten Aneinanderreihung der einzelnen Kapitel. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:geisse:anpassungen,
+  author = {Armin Geisse},
+  title = {Anpassungen von {DviWin~2.9} an {Web2c} f{\"u}r {WIN32}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {30--33},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Dieser Artikel beschreibt eine
+	 m{\"o}gliche Anpassung von DviWin~2.9 an die Web2c-Implementierung
+	 f{\"u}r WIN32. Die Schwerpunkte liegen dabei auf der Nutzung mehrerer
+	 Druckerauf"|l{\"o}sungen sowie auf der Beschr{\"a}nkung der Font-Verzeichnisse.},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gercke:texword,
+  author = {Martin Gercke},
+  title = {{\TeX}{W}ord f{\"u}r {W}indows},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {13--15},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:getreu:anregungen,
+  author = {Jens Getreu},
+  title = {Anregungen zu {NTS}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, NTS, \TeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:gewehr:vorsicht,
+  author = {Harald Gewehr},
+  title = {Vorsicht {D}atenverlust!},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {46--47},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Datenverlust, \verb|\include|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gierhardt:leserbrief,
+  author = {Horst Gierhardt},
+  title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {42--44},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:gloeckner:jahr,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
+  title = {Ein {J}ahr ist vergangen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {47--48},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloeckner:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {P}ost{S}cript},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {61--62},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {PostScript},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:gloeckner:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {P}ostScript},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {40--41},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {PostScript},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:gloeckner:erzeugung,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
+  title = {Erzeugung virtueller {F}onts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {9--16},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = {Es werden Grundlagen f{\"u}r die Herstellung virtueller
+	 Fonts vorgestellt. {A}nhand dreier Beispiele wird das Vorgehen bei
+	 der Definition virtueller Fonts erl{\"a}utert: \begin{enumerate}
+	 \item Ziffern in einem Font aus einem anderen Font nehmen; \item
+	 PostScript-{\verb+\special+} f{\"u}r das Rastern von Zeichen; \item Anpassungen der
+	 Zeichenbelegung eines Fonts an einen anderen, dargestellt f{\"u}r die
+	 DVIPS-Treiber von Arbort-{\TeX} von Tomas Rokicki. \end{enumerate}},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Fonts, virtuelle Fonts, Schriften, Metafont, DVIPS, },
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:gloeckner.huesing:pruefung,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner and Johannes H{\"u}sing},
+  title = {Pr{\"u}fung der Kasse f{\"u}r das Jahr 1999},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {17--24},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloetzel:database-publishing,
+  author = {Dieter Gl{\"o}tzel},
+  title = {Database-{P}ublishing mit {O}beron und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {46--54},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {Im Rahmen eines Kundenprojektes
+	 wurde mit Hilfe von \LaTeX{} ein Nachschlagewerk aus einer Datenbank
+	 erzeugt. Das Programm zur Generierung des \LaTeX{}-Codes wurde als
+	 Prototyp auf einem PC in \emph{Oberon}, der neuen Programmiersprache von
+	 Nikolaus Wirth, entwickelt. Au{\ss}er einer Beschreibung der Auf{\/}gabe
+	 wird ein kurzer {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber Sprache und Betriebssystem
+	 \emph{Oberon}, {\"u}ber die Z{\"u}richer Implementierung sowie {\"u}ber
+	 Bezugsquellen im Internet gegeben. Der Artikel schlie{\ss}t mit einem
+	 Pl{\"a}doyer f{\"u}r den kommerziellen Einsatz von Freeware-Tools.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Oberon, objektorientierte Programmiersprache, Postleitzahlenbuch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:gohdes:latexund,
+  author = {Michael Gohdes},
+  title = {{\LaTeX}\ und Chemie -- ein sch{\"o}nes Paar?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {7--19},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt
+	 M{\"o}glichkeiten, Texte chemischen Inhalts mit {\LaTeX}\ zu setzen. Es wird
+	 besonders auf die Frage eingegangen, wie chemische Gleichungen und
+	 Strukturformeln in den Text eingebettet werden k{\"o}nnen. Sowohl verschiedene
+	 {\LaTeX}-Pakete als auch ein externes Programm werden vorgestellt. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:lweb,
+  title = {Mit {\LaTeX} ins Web},
+  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+  year = {2000},
+  author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert Sutor},
+  address = {München},
+  edition = {2},
+  month = may,
+  isbn = {3-8273-1629-4},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:greschner:addendum,
+  author = {Dr. Georg S. Greschner},
+  title = {Addendum},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {43},
+  month = feb,
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:greschner:wege,
+  author = {Georg S. Greschner},
+  title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {19--30},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {WYSIWYG, Windows, OLE, WinWord},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:grothe.schaa:einladung,
+  author = {Holger Grothe and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2004 in Darmstadt~-- 15~Jahre \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {30--31},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:grotherr:serienbriefe,
+  author = {Joachim Grotherr},
+  title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX} -- Ein Erfahrungsbericht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {14--16},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Serienbriefe in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren Auf\/lagen bis zu 10\,000~St{\"u}ck
+	 bringen g{\"a}ngige Office-Pakete schnell an ihre Leistungsgrenze. Der
+	 Einsatz von {\LaTeX} f{\"u}hrt zu einer erheblichen Steigerung der
+	 Druckgeschwindigkeit und er{\"o}ffnet weitere professionelle M{\"o}glichkeiten. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:ntg-texfuture-working-group:tex,
+  author = {{NTG {\TeX}\ future working group}},
+  title = {{\TeX} im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {41--57},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:guntermann:powerpoint,
+  author = {Klaus Guntermann},
+  title = {PowerPoint ade?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {44--51},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {F\"ur die Erstellung von Pr\"asentationen muss man nicht immer
+	 PowerPoint einsetzen. Im Gegenteil: wird ordentlicher Formelsatz in einer
+	 Pr\"asentation ben\"otigt, kann man PowerPoint in der Regel gerade
+	 \emph{nicht} verwenden. Die hier vorgestellte Alternative, die auf
+	 pdf\LaTeX{}, einem Postprozessor und dem Acrobat-Reader basiert,
+	 erlaubt das schrittweise Aufbl\"attern von Pr\"asentationsseiten. Der
+	 Postprozessor ist in Java implementiert und damit unabh\"angig von
+	 einer bestimmten Hardware- oder Betriebssystemplattform nutzbar. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:gaertner:bericht,
+  author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VMS}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {27--28},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {OpenVMS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gaertner:bericht,
+  author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {O}pen{VMS}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {62--63},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OpenVMS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:goetz:asc2tex,
+  author = {Thomas K. G{\"o}tz},
+  title = {{ASC}2{\TeX}: ein {K}onverter f{\"u}r {B}lockgrafik},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {32--34},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Blockgrafik, ASC2\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:guelicher:autoaufkleber,
+  author = {Christoph G{\"u}licher},
+  title = {Autoaufkleber},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {34--35},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Autoaufkleber},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:guenther:verwaltungskueche,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen G{\"u}nther},
+  title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:hafner:protokoll,
+  author = {Thomas Hafner},
+  title = {Protokoll der Sitzung AK Weiterentwicklung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {15--16},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hagen:status,
+  author = {Hans Hagen},
+  title = {The Status Quo of The NTS Project},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {36--53},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hagen:project,
+  author = {Hans Hagen},
+  title = {The \NTS{} project (p)reviewed},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {6--13},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:herrmann:latex,
+  author = {Karin Halupczok and Immanuel Herrmann},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} -- Das Lied},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {52},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:hanneder:tex,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Hanneder},
+  title = {{\TeX} unter {OS/2} f{\"u}r akademische {M}inderheiten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {38--41},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX, Auc\TeX, Editor, Emacs},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hansen:mut,
+  author = {Oliver Hansen},
+  title = {Mut zur {T}ypographie},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {52--53},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, DTP, Typographie},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:harders:mehrsprachige,
+  author = {Harald Harders},
+  title = {Mehrsprachige Literaturverzeichnisse: Anwendung und Erweiterung des Pakets babelbib},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {39--63},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Das Paket \texttt{babelbib} bietet zwei Erweiterungen gegen{\"u}ber den meisten
+	 verf{\"u}gbaren \BibTeX"=Stilen: Zum einen ist es m{\"o}glich, die
+	 Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter in Literaturverzeichnissen flexibel an die Sprache des
+	 Dokuments oder des Literaturverweises anzupassen (also beispielsweise
+	 "`Auf"|lage"' statt "`{\selectlanguage{english}edition}"'). Die Sprache der
+	 Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter kann dabei f{\"u}r das gesamte Literaturverzeichnis einheitlich
+	 eingestellt werden, oder sie kann stets derjenigen des jeweiligen Verweises
+	 entsprechen. Zum anderen k{\"o}nnen einige Elemente der Typographie im
+	 Literaturverzeichnis von der {\LaTeX}"=Datei aus ver{\"a}ndert werden, ohne
+	 gleich den \BibTeX"=Stil {\"a}ndern zu m{\"u}ssen. Beispielsweise
+	 kann die f{\"u}r Titel verwendete Schriftart oder "~auszeichnung
+	 mit einem {\LaTeX}"=Befehl variiert werden. Dieser Artikel zeigt
+	 zun{\"a}chst die Anwendung des \pkgname{babelbib}"=Pakets. Anschlie{\ss}end
+	 wird darauf eingegangen, wie die Unterst{\"u}tzung neuer Sprachen
+	 hinzugef{\"u}gt werden kann und wie weitere \BibTeX"=Stildateien zur
+	 Verwendung mit \pkgname{babelbib} modifiziert werden k{\"o}nnen. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hassel:schachfigurensatz,
+  author = {Frank Hassel},
+  title = {Schachfigurensatz mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {11--25},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Schachfiguren, \verb|chess.sty|, \verb|BdFchess.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:heinisch:tex2word,
+  author = {Carsten Heinisch},
+  title = {TeX2Word und Word2TeX},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {66--68},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:herrmann:poster,
+  author = {Rudolf Herrmann},
+  title = {Poster im Format DIN A0 mit {\texttt{a0poster}} und {\texttt{textpos}}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {7--19},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = { Die Entstehung eines Posters im Format DIN~A0 zur Pr{\"a}sentation
+	 auf einer wissenschaftlichen Tagung wird verfolgt. Es werden die
+	 {\LaTeX}-Bordmittel sowie die Pakete \texttt{a0poster} und \texttt{textpos}
+	 eingesetzt. Alternative Vorgehensweisen werden kurz diskutiert. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:hesse:erfinder,
+  author = {Norbert Hesse},
+  title = {Erfinder von {\TeX}, {\LaTeX} und {\MF} geben zu: {A}lles {B}etrug!!!},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {50--51},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:hesse:tex,
+  author = {Norbert Hesse},
+  title = {Das {\TeX} \textsc{RunTime System} f{\"u}r {SCO} {U}nix},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {48--52},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Unix, SCO Unix},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:heyl:morse,
+  author = {Udo Heyl},
+  title = {Morse -- {Z}eichensatz der telegraphischen {S}ignale},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {38--42},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Morsezeichen, Fonts, Telegraphie},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:hirsch:leserbrief,
+  author = {Andreas Hirsch},
+  title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {41},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:hirsch.volker-eiseler:installation,
+  author = {Andreas Hirsch and Dominicus Heinzeller und Volker Eiseler},
+  title = {Installation eines {\TeX}-{G}esamtsystems aus {MiK\TeX}, {G}host{V}iew und {W}in{E}dt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {40--50},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {W{\"a}hrend den Nutzern
+	 von Linux nach der Installation des Betriebssystems auch gleich ein
+	 vollst{\"a}ndiges (und vor allem lauff{\"a}higes) {\TeX}-Gesamtsystem zur
+	 Verf{\"u}gung steht, m{\"u}ssen diejenigen, welche {\TeX} auf einem PC unter
+	 Windows 95 einsetzen wollen, zuerst noch kr{\"a}ftig Hand anlegen. Der
+	 Klassiker unter den {\TeX}-Implementationen f{\"u}r PCs unter DOS ist
+	 {em\TeX}; mit zunehmender Verbreitung von Windows 95 (und damit dem
+	 oberfl{\"a}chlichen Abschied von DOS) ist die Arbeit damit nicht mehr optimal.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Windows, Installation, MiK\TeX, GhostView, WinEdt},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hirsch:dezimalkomma,
+  author = {Richard Hirsch},
+  title = {Dezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {42--45},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Wenn man in Dezimalbr{\"u}chen einfach ein Komma als Dezimaltrennzeichen
+	 verwendet, erh{\"a}lt man unsch{\"o}ne Abst{\"a}nde im Ausdruck.
+	 Hier wird eine Definition f{\"u}r das Komma im mathematischen modus
+	 vorgestellt, die von selbst erkennt, ob es sich um ein Satzzeichen oder ein
+	 Dezimalkomma handelt, und entsprechende Abst{\"a}nde einf{\"u}gt.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:hoffmann-axthelm:zu,
+  author = {Moriz Hoffmann-Axthelm},
+  title = {Zu Torsten Brongers Artikel "`Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}"'},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {64--66},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:hoischen,
+  title = {Technisches Zeichnen},
+  publisher = {Cornelsen},
+  year = {2000},
+  author = {Hans Hoischen},
+  address = {Berlin},
+  edition = {28},
+  month = apr,
+  isbn = {3-464-480089},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hosek:writers,
+  author = {Don Hosek},
+  title = {Writers on type and typography needed},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {28},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {Typographie},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hrebabetzky:farbiger,
+  author = {Frank Hrebabetzky},
+  title = {Farbiger {D}ruck},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {49},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:vers,
+  author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
+  title = {Der {V}ers 3:16 -- {E}in {I}nformatiker treibt fr{\"o}hliche {T}heologie},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Knuth, Bibel, Theologie},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:wettbewerb,
+  author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
+  title = {Wettbewerb},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {56},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, Addison-Wesley, Logo},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:hundt:nachdrucke,
+  author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
+  title = {Nachdrucke der {K}nuth-{B}{\"a}nde},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {39--40},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Knuth},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hoeppner:foerderung,
+  author = {Dr. Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {F{\"o}rderung von {\TeX}-Projekten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {26--27},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:hoeppner:tagung,
+  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Eine Tagung zwischen den L{\"a}ndern -- Euro{\TeX}\,2001 in Kerkrade},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hoeppner:erratum,
+  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Erratum f{\"u}r die CTAN-CD-ROM von \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:hoeppner:latex-vademecum,
+  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum -- {E}in {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r {E}insteiger und {F}ortgeschrittene},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {60--61},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:huelse:4alltex,
+  author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse},
+  title = {4all{\TeX} -- eine {R}eady-to-{R}un-{CD} auf dem {P}r{\"u}fstand},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {48--51},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, CD-ROM},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:huelse.kaspar:expdlist,
+  author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse and Wolfgang Kaspar},
+  title = {\texttt{EXPDLIST} -- eine {E}rweiterung der \texttt{description}-{U}mgebung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {34--36},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = {Die erweiterte \texttt{description}-Umgebung soll die {\LaTeX}-\texttt{description}-Umgebung
+	 nicht ersetzen, sondern bietet bei Bedarf einige zus{\"a}tzliche
+	 M{\"o}glichkeiten. Daneben steht mit \verb+\listpart+ ein neuer, f{\"u}r
+	 alle \texttt{list}-Umgebungen g{\"u}ltiger Befehl zur Verf{\"u}gung.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Beschreibungen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:huesing.gloeckner:bericht,
+  author = {Johannes H{\"u}sing and J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
+  title = {Bericht der Rechnungspr{\"u}fer {\"u}ber die Pr{\"u}fung der B{\"u}cher von \dante\ im Gesch{\"a}ftsjahr 2000},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {20--22},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:ingold:dante2002,
+  author = {Gert-Ludwig Ingold},
+  title = {DANTE\,2002},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {21--25},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:jackowski.nowacki:accents,
+  author = {Bogus\l{}aw Jackowski and Janusz M. Nowacki},
+  title = {Accents, accents, accents\dots -- enhancing CM fonts with ``funny'' characters},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {10--32},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt die
+	 Geschichte, Entstehung und Schwierigkeiten bei der Entwicklung der
+	 "`Latin Modern Fonts"', die als Projekt der European {\TeX} Users
+	 Groups (\dante, GUTenberg, NTG und GUST) im Rahmen der Projektfonds
+	 gef{\"o}rdert wurden. Die CM-Type-1-Fonts der AMS stellten die Basis
+	 f{\"u}r die LM-Fonts. In LM sind aber nun nicht nur alle akzentuierten
+	 Zeichen als eigenst{\"a}ndige Glyphen (zur Zeit maximal 527 pro Font)
+	 enthalten, es werden auch Zeichen der EC-Fonts aufgenommen, um einen
+	 vollst{\"a}ndigen Ersatz zu schaffen. Im Artikel werden die technischen
+	 Mittel und Wege zur Realisierung erl{\"a}utert und die Entscheidungen
+	 bez{\"u}glich der Kompatibilit{\"a}t zu den CM-Fonts begr{\"u}ndet. Die
+	 LM-Fonts stehen seit dem 5.~August 2003 in der Version~0.86 im CTAN
+	 zur Verf{\"u}gung und wurden in die {\TeX}Live~2003 eingebunden. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jackson.voss:plot-funktionen,
+  author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {Die Plot-Funktionen von {\texttt{pst-plot}}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {27--34},
+  month = jun,
+  abstract = { Im letzten Heft wurden die mathematischen Funktionen von \PS~im Zusammenhang mit dem
+	 {\LaTeX}-Paket \texttt{pst-plot} zum Zeichnen von Funktionen beschrieben und
+	 durch Beispiele erl{\"a}utert. In diesem Teil werden die bislang
+	 nur erw{\"a}hnten Plot-Funktionen f{\"u}r externe Daten behandelt. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:jackson.voss:lyx,
+  author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {LyX -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 1},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {24--45},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { \LyX{} als sogenanntes
+	 Frontend zu {\LaTeX}, welches wiederum ein Frontend zu {\TeX} ist,
+	 versucht etwas zu optimieren, was {\LaTeX} selbst gar nicht leisten
+	 will: eine hochwertiges Satzsystem wie {\TeX} einem an tiefsinnigen
+	 typographischen Fragen relativ uninteressierten Benutzer zug{\"a}nglich zu
+	 machen. \LyX{} versteht sich daher auch nicht als Textprozessor,
+	 sondern als Dokument-Prozessor, denn es verf{\"u}gt selbst {\"u}ber
+	 keinerlei eigene Formatierungsm{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\"u}ber die
+	 Bildschirmdarstellung hinausgehen. Alle beschriebenen Eigenschaften von \LyX{}
+	 beziehen sich auf die derzeit offizielle Version \LyX{} 1.1.6fix3. Eine
+	 erheblich erweiterte Version 1.2 ist f{\"u}r dieses Jahr zu erwarten. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:jackson.voss:lyx,
+  author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {\LyX{} -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 2},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Nachdem der erste Teil die prinzipiellen Eigenschaften
+	 von \LyX{} behandelt hat, werden in diesem Teil unter anderem die
+	 Ein-/Ausgabem{\"o}glichkeiten und einige Beispiele angegeben. Die Kenntnis
+	 des ersten Teils ist zwar nicht zwingende Voraussetzung f{\"u}r das
+	 Verst{\"a}ndnis der im Folgenden behandelten M{\"o}glichkeiten im
+	 Umgang mit \LyX, erleichtert jedoch wesentlich das Verst{\"a}ndnis. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jaeger.koglin:rechtliche,
+  author = {Till Jaeger and Olaf Koglin},
+  title = {Der rechtliche Schutz von Fonts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {35--46},
+  month = jun,
+  abstract = { Trotz ihrer wirtschaftlich durchaus gro{\ss}en
+	 Bedeutung haben Computerschrifttypen, Fonts genannt, bislang in der
+	 juristischen Lehre und Rechtsprechung keine besondere Rolle gespielt. Dies
+	 {\"u}berrascht, da inzwischen ein Gro{\ss}teil aller Druckerzeugnisse mit Hilfe
+	 computerisierter Printverfahren hergestellt wird und den Schrifttypen
+	 dabei hinsichtlich {\"A}sthetik und guter Lesbarkeit ein wesentlicher
+	 Einfluss zukommt. F{\"u}r die Erstellung eines qualitativ hochwertigen
+	 Schriftzeichensatzes ist ein enormer handwerklicher, bisweilen auch
+	 k{\"u}nstlerischer Aufwand erforderlich. Mit einem Urteil des LG K{\"o}ln wurde
+	 -- soweit ersichtlich -- erstmals durch ein deutsches Gericht zur
+	 Schutzf{\"a}higkeit von Fonts im Rahmen der Immaterialg{\"u}terrechtsordnung
+	 Stellung genommen und dabei nicht nur die Schutzf{\"a}higkeit auf der
+	 Grundlage des Schriftzeichengesetzes angenommen, sondern Fonts auch als
+	 Computer\-programme gem. \S{}~69a UrhG f{\"u}r urheberrechtsf{\"a}hig
+	 angesehen. Der vorliegende Beitrag soll die unterschiedlichen rechtlichen
+	 Schutzm{\"o}glichkeiten aufzeigen. Dabei wird dargelegt, dass es tr{\"u}gerisch sein
+	 kann, sich auf den urheberrechtlichen Schutz von Fonts zu verlassen. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:jones:underfull,
+  author = {Frankeye Jones},
+  title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {44},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:jones:underfull,
+  author = {Frankeye Jones},
+  title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {31},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:joswig:bemerkungen,
+  author = {Michael J. Joswig},
+  title = {Bemerkungen zum {A}tari-{\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:juritza:wandel-exe,
+  author = {Dieter Juritza},
+  title = {\texttt{WANDEL.EXE} -- ein vielf{\"a}ltig nutzbarer {F}ormatkonverter},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {31--32},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Konverter, \verb|Wandel.exe|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:jurzitza:schaltbilder,
+  author = {Dieter Jurzitza},
+  title = {Schaltbilder mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {34},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Schaltbilder},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:just:protokoll,
+  author = {Ehrenfried Just},
+  title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {7--18},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:kalski:pictex-manual,
+  author = {Jens Kalski},
+  title = {{\PiCTeX}-{M}anual},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {50},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, \PiCTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:kamlage:texstar,
+  author = {Michael Kamlage},
+  title = {{\TeX}{S}tar -- {E}ine {O}berfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {38--39},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {\TeX{}Star, Oberfl{\"a}che},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kastrup:latex,
+  author = {David Kastrup},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} und WYSIWYG? -- {preview-latex} unter Emacs und andere Ans{\"a}tze},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {10--26},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = { Der anweisungsbasierte Typensatz mit {\TeX}/{\LaTeX}\ hat seine
+	 Leistungsf{\"a}higkeit und Flexibilit{\"a}t f{\"u}r eine Vielzahl von Anwendungen
+	 wiederholt unter Beweis gestellt. Es wird aber der Mangel an unmittelbarem
+	 visuellen Feedback nicht nur bei Anf{\"a}ngern oft als ein Manko bei
+	 der Dokumenterstellung und der Korrektur empfunden. Es existieren
+	 mittlerweile eine Reihe von Versuchen, dieses Problem anzugehen, angefangen
+	 bei einfachen token-basierten Ans{\"a}tzen (Syntax Highlighting,
+	 Spezialzeichens{\"a}tze wie mit \texttt{xsymbol}) bis hin zu kompletten
+	 Textverarbeitungssystemen (\LyX{} und {\TeX}macs), die {\LaTeX}\ im Wesentlichen
+	 nur als Exportsprache nutzen. Eine weitere Klasse von Werkzeugen
+	 konzentriert sich nicht auf das Editieren, sondern auf schnellen
+	 Zugriff auf die gesetzte Form, meist als seitenorientierte Vorschau in
+	 einem separaten Fenster (whizzy\TeX, Instant~Preview). Zwar ist die
+	 Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit dieser Varianten auf heutigen Systemen
+	 mehr als ausreichend, dennoch bleibt das Bed{\"u}rfnis nach einer
+	 engeren Kopplung von Quelltext und Vorschau beim Editieren. "`Source
+	 Specials"' sind ein Werkzeug f{\"u}r eine solche Querverbindung. Das
+	 preview-latex-Paket des Autors stellt eine wesentlich engere Kopplung durch
+	 die direkte Platzierung von Vorschauelementen im Quelltext bereit. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kastrup:tex-makros,
+  author = {David Kastrup},
+  title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {49--52},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:kastrup.kohm.ea:extex,
+  author = {David Kastrup and Markus Kohm and Torsten Kr{\"u}ger and Michael Niedermair and Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {{\ExTeX} -- ein {\"U}berblick},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {32-38},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Im Dezember 2002 fand sich eine kleine Gruppe von
+	 Ideentr{\"a}gern und Entwicklern zusammen, um basierend auf \NTS\ eine
+	 Weiterentwicklung von {\TeX}\ auf den Weg zu bringen. Am Anfang standen
+	 dabei einige kaum in Worte gefasste Ideen und die Notwendigkeit,
+	 sich in vorhandene Quellen und {\TeX}-Erweiterungen einzuarbeiten.
+	 Bereits bevor die Gruppe vom 3. bis 5.~Oktober 2003 erstmalig zu
+	 einer Klausurtagung zusammenfand, stand nach vielen Experimenten
+	 und Begutachtungen fest, dass hochgesteckte Ziele nur zu erreichen
+	 sind, wenn gro{\ss}e Teile von {\TeX}\ und damit von \NTS\ ersetzt
+	 werden. Daraus ergab sich der Beschluss, auf Basis der Erfahrungen von
+	 \NTS, \eTeX, \pdfTeX\ und \OMEGA\ (Omega) ein in gro{\ss}en Teilen
+	 neues Java-System zu entwickeln -- \ExTeX. Im Folgenden wird der
+	 aktuelle Stand der Arbeiten und der Planung wiedergegeben. Gleichzeitig
+	 bitten wir um zus{\"a}tzliche Anregungen und Diskussion des Konzepts. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:kayssner:wege,
+  author = {Christian Kayssner},
+  title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts {(II)}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {43--47},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kayssner:handbuecher,
+  author = {Christian Kayssner},
+  title = {Handb{\"u}cher},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {21--24},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Handb{\"u}cher, Booklets, A4, A5, \verb|DOUBLE|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:kiefel:latex,
+  author = {Volker Kiefel},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} als normales "`Schreibwerkzeug"' im Alltag},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Au{\ss}erhalb der klassischen
+	 {\TeX}-Anwendungsbereiche spielt {\LaTeX}\ als Software zum Erstellen von
+	 Dokumenten aller Art offensichtlich eine eher nachgeordnete Rolle.
+	 Dabei weist {\LaTeX}\ eine Reihe von Vorz{\"u}gen auf, die es als
+	 Alternative zu den weit verbreiteten kommerziellen Produkten empfehlen.
+	 Unerwartete Hindernisse k{\"o}nnen sich allerdings dann ergeben, wenn man
+	 unter {\LaTeX}\ erstellte Manuskripte in elektronischer Form einer
+	 Zeitschrift beispielsweise im Bereich der Biowissenschaften "`andienen"'
+	 m{\"o}chte. F{\"u}r dieses und {\"a}hnliche Probleme lassen sich
+	 jedoch L{\"o}sungen finden. Dieser kurze Erfahrungsbericht ist als
+	 Anregung f{\"u}r diejenigen gedacht, die mit {\LaTeX}\ noch keine
+	 Erfahrung gesammelt haben und die zumindest teilweise eine Einbeziehung
+	 von {\LaTeX}\ in die Erledigung ihrer t{\"a}glichen Schreibarbeit
+	 erw{\"a}gen oder die gerade beginnen, {\LaTeX}\ zu verwenden. Der erfahrene
+	 {\LaTeX}-Anwender wird im Folgenden dagegen nicht viel Neues finden. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:kinch:microsoft,
+  author = {Richard Kinch},
+  title = {Microsoft kauft {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {51--53},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {Dieser Artikel sollte eigentlich in der April-Ausgabe von "`Die {\TeX}
+	 nische Kom{\"o}die"' erscheinen, genauer am 1. April des Jahres. Die
+	 Redaktion m{\"o}chte den Lesern diesen Artikel nicht vorenthalten,
+	 wenn er auch jahreszeitlich etwas versp{\"a}tet erscheint. Autor
+	 ist Richard Kinch, der die kommerzielle {\TeX}-Version TRUE{\TeX}
+	 vertreibt. Auf eine {\"U}bersetzung wurde bewu{\ss}t verzichtet,
+	 da der Stil so typisch f{\"u}r amerikanische "`Nachrichten"' ist.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:kisker:rumgraph,
+  author = {H.-W. Kisker},
+  title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 1},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {22},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:kisker:rumgraph,
+  author = {H.-W. Kisker},
+  title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 2},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {16--23},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:kloeckl,
+  title = {{\LaTeX} -- Tipps und Tricks},
+  publisher = {dpunkt},
+  year = {2002},
+  author = {Ingo Klöckl},
+  address = {Heidelberg},
+  edition = {2},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:knappen:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {25--26},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Metafont},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:knappen:ankuendigung,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Ank{\"u}ndigung: {D}ie ec-{S}chriten 1.0 sind da!},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {8--9},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Fonts (EC), Cork, textcomp, T1-encoding, EC-Fonts},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:knappen:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {48--52},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Metafont},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {61--62},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Metafont},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:tafel-fett,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Tafel-{F}ett, {H}eft 2/96},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {69},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:knappen:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {39--40},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:knappen:bericht,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
+  title = {Bericht von der 6.~europ{\"a}ischen {\TeX}-{K}onferenz},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {6--11},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:knuth:important,
+  author = {Donald E. Knuth},
+  title = {Important Message to all Users of {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {10--13},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {Auf Donald E. Knuths WWW-Seite
+	 \texttt{http://www-cs-faculty.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/cm.html} befindet sich
+	 seit einigen Monaten ein Aufruf an die Benutzer des Textsatzsystemes
+	 {\TeX}. Er weist darin auf zwei Probleme hin, die die von ihm erstellte
+	 Computer-Modern-Schriftfamilie betreffen. Das erste Problem, das Anfang Juni entdeckt
+	 wurde, betrifft eine nicht von Knuth autorisierte {\"A}nderung an den
+	 Quelldateien, die zu Inkompatibilit{\"a}ten f{\"u}hrt. Diese ge{\"a}nderten
+	 Quelldateien werden mit der Linux-Slackware-Distribution verteilt. Auf
+	 das zweite Problem, da{\ss} h{\"a}ufig noch veraltete Versionen der
+	 Computer-Modern-Schriften verwendet werden, wurde schon mehrmals
+	 von J{\"o}rg Knappen hingewiesen; zuletzt in der Ausgabe 1/1996,
+	 S.~52, der Mitgliederzeitung. \par Bitte {\"u}berpr{\"u}fen Sie ihre
+	 {\TeX}-Installation und besorgen Sie sich, falls Sie veraltete oder ver{\"a}nderte
+	 Computer-Modern-Schriften verwenden, die offiziellen Dateien der
+	 neuesten Version vom CTAN (Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network).},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {Knuth, Metafont, Fonts,
+	 Schriften, Fehlerbericht, Linux, Slackware, Computer-Modern-Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:knuth:new,
+  author = {Donald E. Knuth},
+  title = {The New Versions of {\TeX} and {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {16--22},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Knuth, \TeX-Entwicklung, Metafont-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:knuth:future,
+  author = {Donald E. Knuth},
+  title = {The Future of {\TeX} and {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {23--25},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Knuth, Metafont-Entwicklung, \TeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:knuth,
+  title = {Digital Typography},
+  publisher = {CSLI Publications},
+  year = {1998},
+  author = {Donald Ervin Knuth},
+  number = {78},
+  series = {CSLI lecture notes},
+  address = {Stanford},
+  month = aug,
+  isbn = {0-57586-011-2},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch:einladung,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Einladung zur 25.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {5--6},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch:einladung,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2002 und 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch:einladung,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Einladung zur 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.V.}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {12},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:bericht,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {OS/2}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {61},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OS/2},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:latex-wegweiser,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Der {\LaTeX}-{W}egweiser},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {65--66},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezensionen, Grundkonzepte, \LaTeXe-Beschreibung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:koch:bericht,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {34--35},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OS/2},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:koch:bericht,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS}/2},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {40--41},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:koch:bericht,
+  author = {Thomas Koch},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {36},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OS/2},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = feb,
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {4},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:koen:raechtschraibrehform,
+  author = {Wilhelm H. Koen},
+  title = {R{\"a}chtschraibrehform, {H}eft 3/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Rechtschreibreform},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:kohm:moderne,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {Moderne Briefe mit KOMAScript},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {32--51},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = { Einige KOMAScript-Anwender haben den falschen Eindruck gewonnen, der Satzspiegel
+	 w{\"a}re bei Briefen gegen{\"u}ber der Anschrift und dem {\"u}brigen
+	 Briefkopf einger{\"u}ckt. Dieser Eindruck entsteht insbesondere dann sehr
+	 leicht, wenn die Anleitung zu KOMAScript und insbesondere das Kapitel
+	 {\"u}ber \texttt{scrlttr2} nicht gr{\"u}ndlich genug studiert wird. In
+	 Wirklichkeit sind Satzspiegel und Briefkopf oder Anschrift einfach
+	 nur voneinander losgel{\"o}st. In diesem Artikel wird nun nicht nur
+	 gezeigt, wie man diese wieder aneinander koppeln kann. Es soll dabei
+	 auch ein sinnvoller Satzspiegel und ein modernes Layout entstehen. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kohm:satzspiegelkonstruktionen,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {Satzspiegelkonstruktionen im Vergleich},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {28--48},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = { Die Konstruktion von Satzspiegeln, also die
+	 Bestimmung des Textbereichs auf der Seite, ist eine Kunst, die seit dem
+	 Mittelalter von Profis gepflegt wird. Im Laufe der Zeit wurden viele
+	 unterschiedliche Verfahren ersonnen, verworfen, vergessen, aber auch
+	 weiterentwickelt und dokumentiert. Einige dieser Verfahren sind mit Schlagworten
+	 belegt, die sie legend{\"a}r machen. Obwohl angeblich an jeder Legende
+	 auch etwas Wahres ist, birgt die Legendenbildung auch Gefahren. Es
+	 gilt daher, Legende und Wirklichkeit miteinander zu vergleichen. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:kohm:briefkoepfe,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {Briefk{\"o}pfe mit \KOMAScript},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {19--40},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = { Wer eben mal rasch einen Brief schreiben
+	 will, st{\"o}rt sich h{\"a}ufig daran, dass er erst eine gro{\ss}e
+	 Pr{\"a}ambel zusammenbasteln oder seine Standardpr{\"a}ambel aus einem alten
+	 Brief kopieren muss. Soll dann je nach Brief eine Angabe mehr oder
+	 weniger im Briefkopf gesetzt werden, muss man zudem jedesmal von neuem
+	 {\"u}berlegen, wie dies oder jenes am besten erreicht wird. Der Artikel soll
+	 zeigen, dass es auch anders geht: mit einem Paket, das einmal alle
+	 Varianten implementiert und durch Optionen ausw{\"a}hlbar macht. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:kohm:verkleinerte,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {Verkleinerte und vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Ausgaben mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {7--26},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Eine immer wiederkehrende Frage zu \LaTeX\ betrifft die
+	 korrekte Vorgehensweise zur Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erung oder Verkleinerung von
+	 Dokumenten. Da diese Frage unterschiedlich motiviert sein kann und der
+	 Fragesteller sich oftmals {\"u}ber seine Motive nicht vollst{\"a}ndig klar
+	 ist, f{\"a}llt es den Experten h{\"a}ufig nicht leicht, die Frage in
+	 der Hinsicht korrekt zu beantworten, da{\ss} der tats{\"a}chlich
+	 gew{\"u}nschte Effekt erzielt wird. Im nachfolgenden Artikel werden deshalb
+	 ausgehend von einem h{\"a}ufig anzutreffenden Fallbeispiel verschiedene
+	 M{\"o}glichkeiten vorgestellt und gegeneinander abgewogen. Aufmerksame Leser der
+	 deutschsprachigen DE-\TeX-/DANTE-FAQ wird es nicht verwundern, zumindest eine der
+	 hier empfohlenen L{\"o}sungen dort auch in Kurzform wiederzufinden.},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:kohm:jung,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {Jung gewohnt, alt getan},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {42},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:kohm:es,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {Es ist nicht alles {G}old, was gl{\"a}nzt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {54--59},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:kohm:koma-script,
+  author = {Markus Kohm},
+  title = {\textsc{Koma-Script} -- {E}ine {A}lternative zu den {S}tandardklassen?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {14--33},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {Wer die Newsgroups wie
+	 \texttt{de.comp.tex} aufmerksam verfolgt, wird immer wieder Verweise auf
+	 \textsc{Koma-Script} finden. Selbst in der DE-{\TeX}-/DANTE-FAQ sind inzwischen
+	 mehrere Verweise auf dieses Paket zu lesen. Auf den folgenden Seiten
+	 soll daher die Entstehung, die Motivation, die Grundz{\"u}ge und die
+	 Verwendung von \textsc{Koma-Script} erl{\"a}utert werden. Um den
+	 Rahmen nicht zu sprengen, werden nur die Klassen \texttt{scrartcl},
+	 \texttt{scrreprt} und \texttt{scrbook} sowie das Satzspiegelpaket
+	 \texttt{typearea} erl{\"a}utert. Die Briefklasse \texttt{scrletter} und die
+	 erg{\"a}nzenden Pakete \texttt{scrpage}, \texttt{scrtime}, \texttt{scrdate},
+	 \texttt{scraddr} und die zu \texttt{scrlettr} geh{\"o}renden Beispieldokumente
+	 \texttt{phone} und \texttt{dir} werden hier ausgeklammert. F{\"u}r die
+	 Installation sei auf die Anleitungen, die zum Paket geh{\"o}ren, verwiesen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\textsc{Koma-Script}, \LaTeX-Klassen},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:koma,
+  title = {KOMA-Script -- eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}},
+  publisher = {Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} {e.\,V.}},
+  year = {2003},
+  author = {Marus Kohm and Jens-Uwe Morawski},
+  address = {Darmstadt},
+  month = feb,
+  note = {Anleitung zu Version 2.9o},
+  isbn = {3-936427-45-3},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:krebs:metafont-reparaturen,
+  author = {Peter Krebs},
+  title = {{\MF}-{R}eparaturen -- f{\"u}r {L}aien},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {41--42},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, yswab, Fraktur},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac:bibtex,
+  author = {Gabriele Kruljac},
+  title = {{\BibTeX} und \texttt{MAKEINDEX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {23--24},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\MakeIndex, BibTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac.burr:editorial,
+  author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:editorial,
+  author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:treffen,
+  author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
+  title = {8.~{T}reffen der deutschsprachigen {{\TeX}-Anwender} in {E}ichst{\"a}tt, 12.--13.~{O}ktober 1989},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {18--20},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:kruljac-dronskowski:grusswort,
+  author = {Gabriele Kruljac-Dronskowski},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort zum {A}bschied},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {11--12},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kuchel.muus:kalender,
+  author = {W.F. Kuchel and P.H. Muus},
+  title = {Kalender},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {35--36},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Kalender},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kurdelski:stammtisch,
+  author = {Lutz-Peter Kurdelski},
+  title = {Stammtisch in {B}remerhafen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {26},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Stammtisch,},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kusznier:verwaltungskueche,
+  author = {Heinz Kusznier},
+  title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {53},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kusznier:artikel,
+  author = {Heinz Kusznier},
+  title = {Artikel und die darin beschriebene {S}oftware},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {60--61},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kusznier:sprachschwierigkeiten,
+  author = {Heinz Kusznier},
+  title = {Sprachschwierigkeiten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {45},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:lachenmayr:einfuehrung,
+  author = {Dr.~Georg Lachenmayr},
+  title = {"`Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXe}"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {39--42},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lachenmayr:tex-tagung,
+  author = {Georg Lachenmayr},
+  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2001 in Rosenheim -- Einladung und Call for Papers},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {58},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {Spielplan},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:lagally:interlinearuebersetzung,
+  author = {Klaus Lagally},
+  title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: ein Vorschlag},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {30--33},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {In Heft 2/1999 von \emph{\DTK} fragt Siegfried Splett nach einer bequemen M{\"o}glichkeit,
+	 in zweisprachigen Texten Satzteile einander zuzuordnen und jeweils
+	 zweizeilig untereinander abzusetzen. Hier ist ein L{\"o}sungsvorschlag. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lagally:alternative,
+  author = {Klaus Lagally},
+  title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar -- {A}ddendum},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {67--68},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:fonds,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {{F}onds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {12},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {5--12},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:kommentar,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {{K}ommentar zum {O}ffenen {B}rief},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {63--65},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lammarsch:bar-kasse,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Die {B}ar-{K}asse -- {D}as {E}rgebnis der {R}echerche},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {29--33},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lammarsch:erlebnisse,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Erlebnisse einer {P}olenreise},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {47--50},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Euro\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {4--7},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {4--7},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {5--8},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:brief,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Ein {B}rief an die c't},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {18},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {c't},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {34},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {MVS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:aera,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Die {\"A}ra des {P}r{\"a}sidenten geht zu {E}nde \dots},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {20--21},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:beschreibung,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Beschreibung der {CD-ROM} von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {48--50},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {CD-ROM, CTAN},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:fonds,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {21},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:fonds,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {7},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {36},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {MVS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:fond,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Fond zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {4--6},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:aergernis,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Das {\"A}rgernis},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {47},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Public Domain, Shareware, Chip, em\TeX, TUG},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:umgebungsbereich,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Umgebungsbereich zu klein?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {46},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {MS-DOS, Umgebungsbereich},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:lammarsch:beginners,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {A {B}eginners {B}ook of {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {41--43},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {4--6},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:dante,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Neues von {DANTE}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {4--7},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:qms-ps,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {{QMS PS} {L}aserdrucker},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {32--33},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:ruecktritt,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {R{\"u}cktritt des {E}uropean {C}oordinators},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {9},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:wahlen,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Wahlen zum \emph{Board of Directors}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {7--8},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:lammarsch:resumee,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Ein {R}esumee},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {17--18},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:aktuelle,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Aktuelle {A}uflage der {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {47},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:tex-buecher,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Drei {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher im {V}ergleich},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {48--51},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:lammarsch:xtex,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {{x\TeX}, {y\TeX}, {z\TeX}, \dots {W}ieviele {V}ersionen wird es noch geben?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {37--39},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, \TeX-Versionen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:lammarsch:dante,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Dante {L}etter},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {4--6},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:jahresrueckblick,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Jahresr{\"u}ckblick},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {4--7},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:tests,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Tests von verschiedenen {PC}-{V}ersionen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {37--41},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {MS-DOS, PC\TeX, Turbo\TeX, em\TeX, $\mu$\TeX, PubliC\TeX, sb\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Bericht eines {USA}-{R}eisenden},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {12--15},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:software,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {Software vom {S}erver auf {D}iskette},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {26},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:tex,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
+  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {IBM-PC} und {K}ompatible},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {25},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:lammarsch.taylor.ea:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Lammarsch and Philip Taylor and Ji{\v{r}}\'{\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka},
+  title = {Bericht der Evaluation des \NTS-Projekts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {16--19},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:dc-fonts,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann},
+  title = {{DC}-{F}onts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {57},
+  month = dec,
+  note = {mit einer {A}ntwort von Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, DC-Fonts, Fonts (DC), Umlaute},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:serverzugang,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann},
+  title = {Serverzugang},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {56},
+  month = dec,
+  note = {mit {A}ntwort von Joachim Lammarsch},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lanfermann:resuemee,
+  author = {Dr. Klaus Lanfermann},
+  title = {Res{\"u}m{\'e}e eines {M}itglieds},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {59--61},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lang:liebe,
+  author = {Christian B. Lang},
+  title = {Liebe {\TeX}nische {F}reunde},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {59},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:langhaus:serverzugang,
+  author = {Claus Langhaus},
+  title = {Serverzugang},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {54},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:langhaus:elektronische,
+  author = {Claus Langhaus},
+  title = {Elektronische {K}ommunikation f{\"u}r {J}edermann},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {22--26},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {In diesem Artikel wird der Versuch
+	 unternommen, die M{\"o}glichkeiten der elektronischen Kommunikation f{\"u}r
+	 Privatleute zu beleuchten, soweit sie f{\"u}r die Mitglieder von
+	 {DANTE}, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V., interessant
+	 sind. Es wird dabei auch auf die verschiedenen Netze eingegangen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lauschke:leidigen,
+  author = {Andreas Lauschke},
+  title = {Diese leidigen {M}engenzeichen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {33--35},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Mengensymbole, Formelsatz, blackboard bold, bbold},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:lazrek:package,
+  author = {Azzeddine Lazrek},
+  title = {A package for typesetting Arabic mathematical formulas},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {54--66},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = { {\TeX} and its extension
+	 {\LaTeX} have been adapted to handle passages of Arabic script. The
+	 package Arab{\TeX} extends the capabilities of {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} to
+	 produce documents containing passages in Arabic. A package that extends
+	 Arab{\TeX} to typeset Arabic mathematical formulas, with specific
+	 symbols and running from right to left, is presented in this paper. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:atari-tex,
+  author = {Stephan Lehmke},
+  title = {Atari-{\TeX} und {U}mlaute},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {52},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari, Umlaute},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:grafikeinbindung,
+  author = {Stephan Lehmke},
+  title = {Grafikeinbindung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {53--54},
+  month = dec,
+  note = {mit Antwort von Friedhelm Sowa},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Grafik, \PiCTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lehrke:linux,
+  author = {J{\"o}rg Lehrke},
+  title = {Linu{X} -- ein freies *nix f{\"u}r {PC}s},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {48--51},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Linux, Unix},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:leibner:dokumentation,
+  author = {Peter Leibner},
+  title = {Zur Dokumentation mit {\LaTeX} und Co.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Anhand dieses Beitrags soll gezeigt werden, wie aus einer Quelldatei \PS-, PDF-
+	 und HTML-Code erzeugt werden kann. Der Beitrag kn{\"u}pft an den
+	 Artikel von Thomas Feuerstack, erschienen in "`\DTK"' 2/2001, an. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:lemberg:hyphenation-exception-log,
+  author = {Werner Lemberg},
+  title = {{Hyphenation Exception Log} f{\"u}r deutsche Trennmuster},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {28--31},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = { Dem englischen Vorbild der \emph{\TUG} folgend soll dieser Artikel ein
+	 Aufruf zur Mitarbeit sein, die deutschen Trennmuster zu verbessern. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:lemberg:cjk-enc,
+  author = {Werner Lemberg},
+  title = {\texttt{cjk-enc} -- eine Schnittstelle zwischen \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {14--23},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { Im dem Artikel wird das
+	 Lisp-Programm \texttt{cjkenc.el} beschrieben, eine Schnittstelle zwischen
+	 \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}, welche die verschiedenen Zeichens\"atze von
+	 \texttt{Emacs} in f\"ur {\LaTeX} verst"andliche Befehle konvertiert.
+	 Urspr"unglich f\"ur ostasiatische Sprachen entwickelt, wurde es inzwischen
+	 um europ\"aische Zeichens\"atze (auch Russisch und Neugriechisch)
+	 erweitert. \texttt{cjkenc.el} ist Teil des \texttt{CJK}-Pakets. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lemberg:thai-zeichensaetze,
+  author = {Werner Lemberg},
+  title = {Thai-Zeichens{\"a}tze},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {26--40},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Der Artikel beschreibt das
+	 Funktionsprinzip der thail{\"a}ndischen Schrift und die Implementation der
+	 notwendigen Ligaturen f{\"u}r {\TeX}\ mittels \texttt{afm2tfm}. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lemberg:cjk-paket,
+  author = {Werner Lemberg},
+  title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {30--40},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = {Mit MULE (multilingual Emacs) kann man
+	 Text in mehreren Sprachen schreiben. Es ist im besonderen entwickelt
+	 worden, um asiatische Sprachen in unterschiedlichen Kodierschemata zu
+	 editieren. So ist es zum Beispiel m{\"o}glich, Chinesisch in der
+	 vereinfachten Schrift (jij{\^a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in GB-Kodierung) und in der
+	 traditionellen Form (f{\'a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in Big-5-Kodierung) gleichzeitig
+	 darzustellen, obwohl sich die Kodierungsbereiche {\"u}berlappen.
+	 \par Das CJK-Paket (Chinesich/Japanisch/Koreanisch) ist das Pendant
+	 f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}. Die meisten CJK-Kodierungen sind implemntiert, das
+	 interne Kodierschema von MULE wird durch einen kleinen Pr{\"a}prozessor
+	 unterst{\"u}tzt. Au{\ss}erdem enth{\"a}lt es Module f{\"u}r Unicode und CEF
+	 (Chinese Encoding Framework), das im Prinzip eine Eingabemethode f{\"u}r
+	 die CNS-Kodierung (Chinesischer National Standard, zirka 48\,000
+	 chinesische Schriftzeichen) ist. \par CJK ist nat{\"u}rlich nicht auf MULE
+	 beschr{\"a}nkt. Jeder Editor der eine CJK-Sprache unterst{\"u}tzt, kann
+	 verwendet werden. \par Im CJK-Paket sind Hilfsprogramme enthalten,
+	 die chinesische TrueType-Fonts und CJK-Bitmap-Zeichens{\"a}tze in
+	 \texttt{.pk}-Dateien konvertieren. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden Sprachmodule
+	 f{\"u}r CJK-Sprachen zur Verf{\"u}gung gestellt, die in Zusammenarbeit
+	 mit dem Koma-Script-Paket syntaktisch korrekte {\"U}berschriften
+	 produzieren. \par Dieser Artikel beschreibt Version 3.0.1 des Pakets.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lerbs:bericht,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer Lerbs},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {46--48},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:lickert:latex,
+  author = {Knut Lickert},
+  title = {"`{\LaTeX} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {1/02},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:lickert:latexfuer,
+  author = {Knut Lickert},
+  title = {{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Vereinsmeier: \minutes},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {45--52},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \minutes\
+	 k{\"o}nnen Protokolle f{\"u}r Vereine o.\,{\"a}.\ erstellt werden.
+	 Zusammen mit der Klasse \Lpack{scrartcl} werden einzelne Protokolle
+	 erstellt, mit \Lpack{scrreprt}-artigen Klassen kann eine Zusammenfassung
+	 mehrerer Protokolle erstellt werden. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter
+	 \texttt{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/} verf{\"u}gbar. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lickert:blindtext,
+  author = {Knut Lickert},
+  title = {blindtext.sty: Viel Text um Nichts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {47--50},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \texttt{blindtext.sty} kann man schnell Text
+	 erzeugen, um Klassen und Pakete zu testen. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter
+	 \texttt{tex\_archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/blindtext.dtx} verf{\"u}gbar. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:lickert.vieth:eurobachotex2002,
+  author = {Knut Lickert and Ulrik Vieth},
+  title = {{EuroBacho\TeX\ 2002} in Bachotek/Polen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {45--53},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {Vom 29.\ April bis zum 3.\ Mai 2002 fand in
+	 Bachotek die 13.\ Euro\TeX, zugleich die 10.\ Bacho\TeX\ statt. Dieser
+	 Bericht bietet eher einen (subjektiven) Eindruck über die Tagung.},
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:satzungsaenderung,
+  author = {Arnulf Liebing},
+  title = {Satzungs{\"a}nderung -- Mitteilung des Satzungsauschusses},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {19--21},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:serienbriefe,
+  author = {Arnulf Liebing},
+  title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {35--38},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:loeser:bericht,
+  author = {Christa Loeser},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {54--56},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:loeser:bericht,
+  author = {Christa Loeser},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {41--42},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:loeser:bericht,
+  author = {Christa Loeser},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {43},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:loeser:bericht,
+  author = {Christa Loeser},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {44-45},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:lotze:eurotex,
+  author = {Thomas Lotze },
+  title = {Euro{\TeX}~2003 in Brest/Bretagne},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {15--23},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Die Euro{\TeX}~2003 fand
+	 in der Zeit vom 24.~bis 27.~Juni nahe Brest in der Bretagne statt.
+	 Dieser Bericht gilt nicht dem Vortragsprogramm, sondern soll vielmehr
+	 meine pers{\"o}nlichen Eindr{\"u}cke von der Konferenz wiedergeben. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:loew:aufgabe,
+  author = {Michael L{\"o}w},
+  title = {Aufgabe},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {45},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:malek:style-files,
+  author = {Matthias Malek},
+  title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht -- zum {Z}weiten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {31--35},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Styles erstellen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:marquardt:dante99,
+  author = {Colin Marquardt},
+  title = {Die DANTE'99},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {22-24},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:matthes:bericht,
+  author = {Henning Matthes},
+  title = {Bericht von der {F}r{\"u}hjahrstagung in {A}ugsburg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {20--23},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:mehl:anfaengerfragen,
+  author = {Albrecht Mehl},
+  title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {59--61},
+  month = sep,
+  note = {Mit einer Anmerkung der Redaktion},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, Umgebungen, Absatzformat, Minimalsystem},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mehl.schmidt:grosse,
+  author = {Albrecht Mehl and Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Gro\ss{}e Zeichen in {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:meier:zukuenftigen,
+  author = {Frank Meier},
+  title = {Zum zuk{\"u}nftigen {N}amen des {CTAN}-{S}ervers},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, CTAN},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosch {A}bschlu{\ss}bericht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {24--25},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}acintosh},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {34},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {35--36},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:meyer-lerbs:so,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {So kommen {S}ie an {I}hr {\TeX} auf dem {M}ac},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {52--53},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:meyer-lerbs:viel,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Viel {N}eues auf dem {M}ac},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {55--56},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, CMac\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:ganz,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Ganz un{\TeX}nische {B}{\"u}cher},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {38--40},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:tex,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {{\TeX} auf dem {M}ac},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {4/92},
+  pages = {6},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:klassiker,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Zwei {K}lassiker der {T}ypographie},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {25--26},
+  month = may,
+  note = {Rezension zweier B{\"u}cher von Jan Tschichold},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:tips,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Tips zum {T}abellensatz},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {27--29},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Tabellen, },
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:meyer-lerbs:macintosh,
+  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
+  title = {Der {M}acintosh und {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {28--40},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mischke:eps-grafiken,
+  author = {Peter Mischke},
+  title = {{EPS-Grafiken}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {50--57},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {"`Sag mal, wie kann ich eigentlich Grafiken in mein {\LaTeX}-Dokument einbinden?"'
+	 Diese Frage hat jeder {\LaTeX}-Anwender schon einmal geh{\"o}rt.
+	 "`Gar kein Problem! Speichere sie einfach im EPS-Format und binde
+	 sie mit dem Befehl \verb|\includegraphics| ein"', lautet meist die
+	 Antwort darauf. Der zweite Schritt bereitet tats{\"a}chlich selten
+	 Probleme. Alle modernen {\TeX}-Systeme unterst{\"u}tzen diese Methode.
+	 Au{\ss}erdem sind gute Dokumentationen zu dem Thema vorhanden). Probleme
+	 treten jedoch h{\"a}ufig beim Speichern im EPS-Format auf. Anhand von
+	 drei Beispielen aus der Praxis soll in diesem Artikel aufgezeigt
+	 werden, wo Probleme entstehen k{\"o}nnen und wie sie zu umgehen sind. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:mischke:tex-umgebung,
+  author = {Peter Mischke},
+  title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS}/2},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {56--59},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Editor},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:mittelbach:laudatio,
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
+  title = {Laudatio auf Professor Hermann Zapf},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {31--36},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:mittelbach:math,
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
+  title = {Math {F}ont {E}ncoding},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {26--27},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {Fonts (math), \LaTeX3},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:mittelbach:seitenzahlen,
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
+  title = {Seitenzahlen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {50--52},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Markup, Seitenzahlen, \verb|fancyheadings|-Paket},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:mittelbach:latex3,
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
+  title = {{\LaTeX3}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {15-22},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:mittelbach:brief,
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
+  title = {Brief an den {E}ditor},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {42},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:comp,
+  title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+  year = {2004},
+  editor = {Frank Mittelbach},
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Christine Detig and Joachim Schrod},
+  series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+  address = {Boston},
+  edition = {2},
+  month = feb,
+  isbn = {0-201-36299-6},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:mittelbach.rowley:latex3,
+  author = {Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley},
+  title = {Das {\LaTeX3} {P}rojekt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {12--15},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX-News},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:molitor:brief,
+  author = {Ernst Molitor},
+  title = {{B}rief an den {P}r{\"a}sidenten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {61--63},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:molitor:aufbereitung,
+  author = {Ernst Molitor},
+  title = {Aufbereitung der {E}rgebnisse von {L}iteratur-{R}echerchen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} und {\BibTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {31--36},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Die inzwischen vielerorts zug\"anglichen Literaturdatenbanken erleichtern die
+	 Suche nach Literatur zu einem bestimmten Thema ganz erheblich. Die
+	 Umwandlung des Ausgabeformats solcher Datenbanksysteme nach {\LaTeX}
+	 und {\BibTeX} ist ohne geeignete Werkzeuge allerdings m\"uhsam. In
+	 diesem Artikel m\"ochte ich ein kleines Programm beschreiben, das eine
+	 solche Umwandlung eines bestimmten Literaturdatenbank-Ausgabeformates
+	 bewerkstelligt. Das Programm ist unter Einsatz von {\textit{flex}}
+	 geschrieben und baut auf der \textit{standard template library} auf.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Literaturrecherche, Datenbank, Umwandlung, Konverter, \BibTeX, medline, litlex},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:morawski:alt,
+  author = {Jens-Uwe Morawski},
+  title = {Aus alt mach neu -- {\MP} Recycling},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {48--62},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = { \MP{} ist durch seinen
+	 vielf{\"a}ltigen Funktionsvorrat und durch seine gute Integration in
+	 das {\TeX}-System ein gern genutztes Werkzeug f{\"u}r ansprechende
+	 Illustrationen. Dieser Artikel zeigt, wie mit geringem Aufwand bereits
+	 vorhandene \MP-Arbeiten in eine neue Grafik integriert werden k{\"o}nnen. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:mueller:mit,
+  author = {Ralf M{\"u}ller},
+  title = {Mit {\LaTeX} bequem Briefe schreiben},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {30--35},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {Das Schreiben von Briefen, insbesondere Serienbriefen, ist in
+	 {\LaTeX} nicht sehr komfortabel. Daher benutzen viele f{\"u}r diese
+	 Anwendungen gro{\ss}e WYSIWYG-Programme. Der Artikel stellt eine graphische
+	 Benutzeroberfl{\"a}che vor, mit deren Hilfe das Schreiben von Briefen
+	 und Serienbriefen extrem vereinfacht wird. Die Bedienung sowie die
+	 Funktionsweise des Programmes \emph{tk\_Brief} wird dabei erl{\"a}utert. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:muench:protokoll,
+  author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch},
+  title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {18--24},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:muench.schaa:20,
+  author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch and Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {20.~TUG-Konferenz, Vancouver/BC, Kanada},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {25--33},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neitmann:texim,
+  author = {Elisabeth Neitmann},
+  title = {"`{\TeX}\ im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}"', Heft 3/2000},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:belichtungsservice,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Belichtungsservice},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {12--14},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:buecher,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {B{\"u}cher bei {DANTE} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {70--73},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#theaterkasse#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:grusswort,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:offnener,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Offnener {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {33--35},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:neubauer:grusswort,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {5--10},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:neubauer:grusswort,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neubauer:nachtrag,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Nachtrag zum {P}rotokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliderversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {18--19},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neubauer:feinheiten,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {I}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {23-40},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Abk{\"u}rzungen, Akronyme, Einheiten, Himmelsrichtungen, Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen,
+	 Satzzeichen, Auslassungen, Sonderzeichen, email-Adressen, Ligaturen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:feinheiten,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {25--44},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Zahlen, Ziffern, Nummern, Striche, Klammern, geschachtelte Klammern,
+	 Wortzwischenr{\"a}ume, Abst{\"a}nde, mathematischer Satz, Worttennungen, Zeilenumbruch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:software,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {19--20},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  iptvloume = {9},
+  keywords = {Software, Verteilung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neubauer:software,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Software, Verteilung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neubauer:aeltere,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {{\"A}ltere {A}usgaben von {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}chern bei {DANTE} {e.V.}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {48--50},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#theaterkasse#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:neubauer:kalender,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Kalender in {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {43--45},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Kalender},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neubauer:protokoll,
+  author = {Marion Neubauer},
+  title = {Protokoll der {G}r{\"u}ndungsversammlung von {DANTE} {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {1/02},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:tipps,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Illustrationen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} erstellen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {46--48},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {2/01},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:in,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {In Reih und Glied},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {21--34},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {In {\LaTeX} erh{\"a}lt man sehr viel Unterst{\"u}tzung, wenn es um das
+	 Setzen von Tabellen geht. Trotz der M{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\LaTeX}
+	 selbst schon mitbringt, gibt es einige W{\"u}nsche, die erst durch
+	 Zusatzpakete einfach zu realisieren sind. Es ist nicht immer ratsam,
+	 alle Register zu ziehen. Auch hier bewahrheitet es sich, dass es auf
+	 einen gezielten und {\"u}berlegten Einsatz ankommt, wenn man ein
+	 ansprechendes und professionell aussehendes Ergebnis erzielen will. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:umbruch,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Umbruch in schmalen Spalten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {52--54},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:entstehung,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Die Entstehung der Mitgliedszeitschrift},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {50--52},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Diese Ausgabe der Mitgliederzeitschrift "`\DTK"' war
+	 nicht ganz so einfach zu erstellen wie andere Ausgaben. Dies soll
+	 zum Anlass genommen werden, den Entstehungsprozess zu skizzieren. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = feb,
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:latex-tips,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {"`{\LaTeX}-{T}ips"' von {J.~Kenneth~Shultis}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {40--42},
+  month = feb,
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:tex-tools,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {"`{\TeX}-Tools"' von Klaus Braune},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {60--63},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {{\TeX} besteht nicht nur aus dem eigentlichen Satzprogramm. Daneben gibt es noch eine
+	 Vielzahl von n{\"u}tzlichen Programmen. Das hier beschriebene Buch ist
+	 angetreten, etwas Ordnung in die Vielzahl der Zusatzprogramme zu bringen. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neugebauer:editorial,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {3},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neugebauer:genealogisches,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Genealogisches},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {41--53},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Manchmal braucht man ein spezielles Zeichen. Wenn man nicht sofort wei{\ss}, wie man das
+	 Zeichen bekommt, mu{\ss} man sich auf die Suche danach machen. Dieser
+	 Beitrag beschreibt eine solche Suche nach genealogischen Zeichen.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#fundus#},
+  keywords = {Genealogische Zeichen, Fonts, textcomp, msam, \AMS-Fonts,
+	 msbm, Waldis Symbol Font, wasy, St Mary's Road, bbding, Zapf-Dingbats},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neugebauer:ueberfluessiges,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {{\"U}berfl{\"u}ssiges? --- {K}lammern um {M}akroargumente},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {9--13},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Klammerungen, Makros, Argumente, Token},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neugebauer:vor,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {{V}or {G}ebrauch sch{\"u}tteln},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {26--36},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {\glqq Outline\grqq-Schriften sind im \TeX-Umfeld nicht sehr verbreitet. Trotzdem kann die
+	 Besch{\"a}ftigung mit der Erzeugung solcher Schriften einige Einsichten in die
+	 Arbeitsweise von {\MF} vermitteln. In diesem Beitrag wird nicht nur die
+	 Arbeitsweise einer Outline-Routine in {\MF} erl{\"a}utert und vorbereitete
+	 Outline-Schriften vorgestellt, sondern auch gezeigt, wie man zu beliebigen
+	 {\MF}-Schriften eine Outline-Variante erstellen und nutzen kann. },
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#fundus#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, Outline-Fonts, outline},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:neugebauer:krakelig,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Von {\glqq}krakelig{\grqq} bis {\glqq}wie gemalt{\grqq}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {25--42},
+  month = jun,
+  abstract = {Wir alle kennen zur Gen{\"u}ge die Computer-Modern-Schriften, die
+	 standardm{\"a}{\ss}ig von {\TeX} verwendet werden. Sicher hat der eine
+	 oder andere auch mit PostScript-Schriften wie Times, helvetics oder
+	 LucidaBright seine Erfahrungen gesammelt. In diesem Artikel habe ich mir
+	 Schreibschriften vorgenommen und die M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht,
+	 ein handschrift{\"a}hnliches Aussehen mit {\LaTeX} zu produzieren.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#fundus#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, gftopk,
+	 Lateinische Ausgangsschrift, lla, la, Vereinfachte Anfangsschrift, va,
+	 vacal, twcal, calligra, script, S{\"u}tterlin, suet, schwell, Fonts},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:neugebauer:tafel-fett,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Tafel-{F}ett},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {44--53},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {Manchmal ist es n{\"o}tig, die mathematischen Symbole f{\"u}r
+	 die nat{\"u}rlichen Zahlen, die ganzen Zahlen, die komplexen Zahlen
+	 oder {\"a}hnliche Symbole zu verwenden. Diese werden typischerweise
+	 durch einen zus{\"a}tzlichen senkrechten Strich am Anfang der Letter
+	 dargestellt. \par Es gibt verschiedene L{\"o}sungen f{\"u}r dieses
+	 Problem. Einige dieser L{\"o}sungen sollen hier vorgestellt werden.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#fundus#},
+  keywords = {Mengensymbole, blackboard bold,
+	 \AmS-Fonts, bbold, mathbbol, doublestroke, dsfont, bbm, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:neugebauer:unentdeckte,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Das unentdeckte {L}and},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {36--56},
+  month = dec,
+  abstract = {In diesem Beitrag wird ein Weg beschrieben, wie man \PS-Schriften zusammen mit
+	 \TeX{} nutzen kann. Der Schwerpunkt liegt weniger auf der Verwendung
+	 von bekannten Schriften wie Times oder Helvetica, sondern auf der
+	 Einbindung von einzelnen Schriften, wie man sie auf Public-Domain-CDs oder
+	 im Internet h{\"a}ufig findet. Dabei werden einige Schriften auch
+	 beispielhaft vorgestellt. Diese sind Schriften nachempfunden, die in den
+	 Fernsehserien und Filmen um das Raumschiff Enterprise zu sehen sind. },
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#fundus#},
+  keywords = {StarTrek, PostScript Fonts, Schriften, fontinst, pltotf, tftopl, vptovf, vftovp,
+	 gpreview, t1tools, t1utils, StarTrekTNGCrilleA, StarTrekClassicA,
+	 StarTrekClassicMoviesA, StarTrekTNGTitleA, TNGMonitorsPlain, klinz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:kurioses,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Kurioses aus dem {F}undus},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {41--43},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden einige
+	 Merkw{\"u}rdigkeiten in den Definitionen der Fontumschaltungsbefehle
+	 \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small| und \verb|\scriptsize| in \LaTeX{} ausgezeigt.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Fontumschaltbefehle, \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small|, \verb|\scriptsize|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:setzen,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Setzen russischer {T}extteile mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {11--20},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden M{\"o}glichkeiten
+	 aufgezeigt, wie Texte mit kyrillischen Zeichen in einem normalen
+	 Text eingebracht werden k{\"o}nnen. Dabei werden insbesondere die
+	 kyrillischen Zeichens{\"a}tze der University of Washington vorgestellt.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, Fonts, Kyrillisch, wncyr, cmcyr},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:neugebauer:wie,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {52--53},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Duden},
+  reference = {Duden: \emph{Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche
+	 Arbeiten?} \emph{\em Ein Leitfaden vom 1. Studiensemester bis zur
+	 Promotion};\\ 1988, Duden Verlag Mannheim, Wien, Z{\"u}rich;\\ (Die Duden
+	 Taschenb{\"u}cher: Bd.~21)\\ ISBN 3-411-02751-7\\ 216 Seiten, 12,80~DM },
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:neugebauer:klasse,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {Eine {K}lasse f{\"u}r {\glqq}{Die \TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die{\grqq}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {6--15},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = {{\glqq}Die \TeX{}nische Kom{\"o}die{\grqq} wird
+	 neuerdings mit \LaTeXe{} hergestellt. In diesem Artikel werden einige
+	 Hintergr{\"u}nde der benutzten Dokumenten-Klasse erhellt. Wie er entstand,
+	 welche M{\"o}glichkeiten er bietet und wie man ihn benutzen kann. },
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {dtk, \LaTeX-Klassen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:neugebauer:bibtool,
+  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
+  title = {\textsc{BibTool} -- {M}anipulation von {\BibTeX}-{D}ateien},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {4--11},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Es war einmal, da versp{\"u}rte ich das dringende Bed{\"u}rfnis, \BibTeX-Dateien aus
+	 verschiedenen Quellen zusammen weiterzugeben. Da es sich dabei nicht nur um
+	 einige wenige Eintr{\"a}ge in den \BibTeX-Dateien handelte, ergaben
+	 sich daraus diverse Aufgaben, die gel{\"o}st werden mu{\ss}ten. Das
+	 einfachste Problem war, da{\ss} das Erscheinungsbild vereinheitlicht
+	 werden sollte. Das bedeutet, da{\ss} die Dateien neu formatiert werden
+	 m{\"u}ssen. Das n{\"a}chste Problem war, die Vereinheitlichung der
+	 Schl{\"u}ssel, unter denen die \BibTeX-Eintr{\"a}ge angesprochen
+	 werden sollen. Schlie{\ss}lich und endlich ergab sich das Problem, die
+	 Dateien zu sortieren. \par Da es damals noch keine entsprechenden
+	 Werkzeuge gab -- insbesondere nicht f{\"u}r den Rechner, den ich
+	 damals verwendete -- wurde das \textsc{BibTool}-Programm geboren. Als
+	 dann einmal die grundlegenden Funktionen geschrieben waren, kamen
+	 noch weitere hinzu, soda{\ss} man \textsc{BibTool} heute als das
+	 Schweizer-Armee-Messer zur \BibTeX-Vorverarbeitung bezeichnen k{\"o}nnte.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {BibTeX, BibTool, Literaturverzeichnis},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:spaetsommer,
+  author = {Winfried P. Neugebauer},
+  title = {Sp{\"a}tsommer in Heidelberg -- Bericht {\"u}ber die Euro{\TeX}'99},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {33--36},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:neuwirth:weiterentwicklung,
+  author = {Erich Neuwirth},
+  title = {Die {W}eiterentwicklung von {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {13-15},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:neuwirth.obermiller:bericht,
+  author = {Erich Neuwirth and Walter Obermiller},
+  title = {Bericht {\"u}ber die 10.~{T}agung der deutschsprachigen {\TeX} {I}nteressenten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {13--16},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:neuwirth:buchbesprechung,
+  author = {Konrad Neuwirth},
+  title = {Buchbesprechung: {D}esign for {D}esktop {P}ublishing},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {42--43},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+  keywords = {DTP},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neuwirth:metaplot,
+  author = {Konrad Neuwirth},
+  title = {Meta{P}lot: und es geht doch!},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1989},
+  volume = {0/89},
+  pages = {27},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:niedermair,
+  title = {{\LaTeX}-Praxisbuch},
+  publisher = {Franzis Verlag},
+  year = {2004},
+  author = {Elke Niedermair and Michael Niedermair},
+  series = {Professional Series},
+  address = {Poing},
+  isbn = {3-7723-6109-9},
+  keywords = {latex,textsatz,einfuehrung},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:anwendungen,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Anwendungen des {\LaTeX}-Pakets \textsf{preview}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {60--65},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt ein auf dem {\LaTeX}-Paket \textsf{preview} basierendes
+	 Konzept zur Erzeugung von Grafikdateien, die in HTML-Dateien, mit
+	 \mbox{pdf{\LaTeX}} oder anderen Verfahren verwendet werden k{\"o}nnen. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:berichtigung,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Berichtigung zu \enquote{Tierkunde einmal anders}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {65--66},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:pdf,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {PDF und \PS{} -- das {\LaTeX}-Paket ps4pdf},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {49--56},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Es wird ein Weg gezeigt, wie man mit relativ geringem Aufwand \PS-Code innerhalb
+	 eines mit pdf{\LaTeX}\ zu bearbeitenden Dokuments verwenden kann.},
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:tipps,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mal anders herum -- \emph{excludeonly}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {32--33},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:niepraschk:tipps,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: eine \texttt{minipage}, die mitdenkt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {63--65},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:niepraschk:tipps,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mehrfachverweis auf Fu{\ss}noten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {34},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Tierkunde einmal anders},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {31--33},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = { },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*1,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Fette Schreibmaschinenschrift},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {43--44},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*2,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: PDF-Datei vorhanden -- Brosch{\"u}re gew{\"u}nscht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {53--55},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:niepraschk:tipps,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Immer im Rahmen bleiben},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {27--28},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:niepraschk:make,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {make -- nur etwas für Profis?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {54--58},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:niepraschk:wiege,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Von der Wiege bis zur Bahre: Formulare},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {11--14},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {In dem Artikel wird anhand des {\"U}berweisungsformulars gezeigt, wie hochwertige
+	 Grafiken mit Hilfe des Makropakets PSTricks erzeugt werden k{\"o}nnen. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:niepraschk:poster,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Poster -- leicht gemacht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {40--47},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {In dem Artikel wird gezeigt, wie aus einem einseitigen in {\"u}blicher Art geschriebenen
+	 {\LaTeX}-Dokument unter Zuhilfenahme des Programms \texttt{poster}
+	 ein Poster in beliebiger Gr{\"o}{\ss}e hergestellt werden kann. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:niepraschk:ueberschreiben,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {{\"U}berschreiben erlaubt -- das \texttt{overpic}-{P}aket},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {27--29},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Im folgenden Beispiel wird das \LaTeX-Paket \texttt{overpic}
+	 vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit EPS-Grafiken
+	 nachtr{\"a}glich durch \LaTeX-Anweisungen erg{\"a}nzt werden k{\"o}nnen.},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:niepraschk:verflixte,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it, {H}eft 4/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {56--57},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, 8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:niepraschk:psfrag-paket,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {Das {PSfrag}-{P}aket},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {36--39},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Im folgenden Artikel wird das {\LaTeX}-Paket {\textsf{PSfrag}}
+	 vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit Textbestandteile von
+	 \texttt{eps-}Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich ver{\"a}ndert werden k{\"o}nnen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#fundus#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:niepraschk:zaehler,
+  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
+  title = {{Z}{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen, {H}eft 2/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {44},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {\verb|removefr|, \verb|remreset|, Z{\"a}hler},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:nitschke:markieren,
+  author = {Dirk Nitschke},
+  title = {Markieren von {F}ormeln},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {40--42},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Formelsatz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:nowacki:poligraf,
+  author = {Janusz Marian Nowacki},
+  title = {"`Poligraf"' oder "`Zwischen {\TeX}\ und der Druckerei"' -- der zweite Versuch},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {46--52},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { W{\"a}hrend der IV. Konferenz "`Bacho{\TeX}\,'96"' der polnischen {\TeX}-Benutzergruppe habe
+	 ich zum ersten Mal das Makro-Paket \textsc{Poligraf} vorgestellt.
+	 Jetzt m{\"o}chte ich eine neue Version ver{\"o}ffentlichen, in die
+	 R{\"u}ckmeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschl{\"a}ge eingeflossen sind. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:nuechter:beschleunigung,
+  author = {Peter N{\"u}chter},
+  title = {Beschleunigung eines {\LaTeX}-{D}urchlaufs},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {64--66},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Formatdatei, \verb|initex|, \verb|virtex|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:oberdiek:leserbrief,
+  author = {Heiko Oberdiek},
+  title = {Zum {L}eserbrief {"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX}"', {H}eft 4/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {56},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:obermiller:latex2e,
+  author = {Walter Obermiller},
+  title = {"`{\LaTeXe} -- Tipps \& Tricks"' von Ingo Kl{\"o}ckl},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:partl:notizen,
+  author = {Hubert Partl},
+  title = {Notizen zu {L}ayout und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {22--26},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:beschluesse,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~April 2003 in Bremen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {8--11},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:tex,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Der {\TeX} nische Beraterkreis},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {15--17},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:vereinsinterne,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {17--20},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:partosch:protokoll,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Protokoll der 29.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante{} am 9.~September 2003 in Rauischholzhausen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {5--12},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:beschluesse,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 23.~Februar 2002 in Erlangen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {7--10},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:vereinsinterne,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {18--20},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:partosch:beschluesse,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante} am 5.~Oktober 2002 in Augsburg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {6--9},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:protokoll,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Protokoll der 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~M{\"a}rz 2001 in Rosenheim},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {6--15},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:vereinsinterne,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {27--29},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:partosch:protokoll,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Protokoll der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 28.~September 2001 in Kerkrade},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beraterkreis,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beraterkreis, ein Res{\"u}mee},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {26--27},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beschluesse,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 22.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante{}} am 11.~M{\"a}rz 2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {6--10},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:vereinsinterne,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {24--26},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:partosch:protokoll,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Protokoll der 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE~e.V.} am 7.~Oktober 2000 in Hagen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {6--10},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:partosch:protokoll,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Protokoll der 20.~Mitgliederversammlung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {5--16},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beraterkreis,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beraterkreis, ein vorl{\"a}ufiges und vorsichtiges Res{\"u}mee},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {11--12},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beschluesse,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 21.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 19.~September 1999 in Heidelberg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {5--11},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:partosch:protokoll,
+  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
+  title = {Protokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {5--18},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:pauli:wissenschaftliche,
+  author = {Guido F. Pauli},
+  title = {Wissenschaftliche {P}ublikationen und {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {55},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:pfeiffer:winword,
+  author = {Horst Pfeiffer},
+  title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {31--34},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:pfennig,
+  title = {Thermodynamik der Gemische},
+  publisher = {Springer},
+  year = {2003},
+  author = {Andreas Pfennig},
+  address = {Berlin},
+  month = sep,
+  isbn = {3-540-02776-9},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:pirnay:hilfsprogramme,
+  author = {Jens Pirnay},
+  title = {Hilfsprogramme f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {30--33},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:pirnay:ueberblick,
+  author = {Jens Pirnay},
+  title = {{{\"U}}berblick {\"u}ber die {M}{\"o}glichkeiten von {\TeX}draw f{\"u}r den {A}tari},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {22--23},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\TeX{}draw, Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:porto:weiterhin,
+  author = {Markus Porto},
+  title = {Weiterhin guten {A}ppetit!},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {31--32},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:porto:tex-service,
+  author = {Markus Porto},
+  title = {{\TeX}-{S}ervice des {HRZ} der {U}niversit{\"a}t {G}ie{\ss}en},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {43--46},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Online-Hilfe, WWW},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:post:erstes,
+  author = {Christa Post},
+  title = {{"`E}rstes {A}rbeiten mit {\TeX"`} von {A}rnulf {L}iebing},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {43--44},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+  reference = {Arnulf Liebing: \emph{Erstes Arbeiten mit \TeX}\\
+	 Prentice Hall, 1996;\\ ISBN 3-8272-9521-1\\ 192 Seiten, 39,95~DM},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:post:protokoll,
+  author = {Christa Post},
+  title = {Protokoll der 18.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {8--28},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:gelehrten,
+  title = {Die Gelehrten der Scheibenwelt},
+  publisher = {Heyne},
+  year = {2000},
+  author = {Terry Pratchett and Ian Stewart and Jack Cohen},
+  month = aug,
+  isbn = {3-453-17330-9},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:preisendanz:bericht,
+  author = {Christa Preisendanz},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {63--64},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:preusse:latexfuer,
+  author = {Hilmar Preu{\ss}e},
+  title = {"`{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Dummies"' Christian Baun},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {59--63},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:project:mehr,
+  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project},
+  title = {Mehr vom {\TeX}-L{\"o}wen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {50--51},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:praesidium:schriftliche,
+  author = {Pr{\"a}sidium},
+  title = {{S}chriftliche {A}ntwort auf den {"`O}ffenen {B}rief{"'}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {56--60},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:raichle:llllllletzte,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Der llllllletzte {\TeX}-Fehler?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {4/01},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = { Karel Skoup\'y, der Implementierer von \NTS,
+	 fand am 13.~Oktober 2000 den bislang letzten Fehler im Quellcode von
+	 {\TeX}. Er verglich DVI-Dateien, die {\TeX} und das von ihm in Java
+	 implementierte \NTS\ erzeugt hatten, und wunderte sich, dass ein
+	 kleiner Unterschied auftrat: In der von \NTS\ erzeugten DVI-Datei war
+	 genau ein Zeichen zuviel, ein kleiner Punkt. Dieser zus{\"a}tzliche
+	 Punkt stellte sich bei der anschlie{\ss}enden Untersuchung nicht
+	 als Fehler von \NTS, sondern als Fehler im Quellcode von {\TeX},
+	 der die Anweisung \CMD{xleaders} realisiert, heraus. Er wurde an
+	 Donald E.\ Knuth gemeldet. Da Knuth nur in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren zeitlichen
+	 Abst{\"a}nden Fehlermeldungen bearbeitet, steht eine Antwort noch aus. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:raichle:anlegen,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Anlegen einer Liste der Definitionen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {36--39},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:raichle:vertikal,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Vertikal zentrierte {S}eiten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {37--39},
+  month = feb,
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:abkuerzungspunkt,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Abk{\"u}rzungspunkt am {S}atzende},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {45},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {\verb|xpoint.sty|, Macros, Satzzeichen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:bericht,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, {\NTS} und {G}erman-{S}tyle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {56--58},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {e-\TeX, german-Style, NTS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:editorial,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:texikon,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {{D}as {\TeX}ikon, {H}eft 1/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {23--24},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {\TeX{}ikon},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:raichle:bericht,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {45--46},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {german-Style},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:orale,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum)},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {33--37},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:roman,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Roman statt {I}talic in mathematischen {F}ormeln},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {54--55},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Fonts (math), Formelsatz, \verb|\mathrm|, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:raichle:bericht,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {G}erman-{S}tyle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {58--60},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {german-Style},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:raichle:bericht,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {36--37},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {german-Style},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:datumsangaben,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Datumsangaben},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {36--37},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Datumsangaben},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:orale,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {II}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {20--30},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:bericht,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {37--39},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {german-Style},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:tex,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {{\TeX} {C}apacity exceeded \dots{} -- {T}eil {I}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {22--33},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\TeX Capacity exceeded, Zwischenspeicher},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:kapitaelchen,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Kapit{\"a}lchen in {{\"U}}berschriften},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {41--42},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Kapit{\"a}lchen, Fonts},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:orale,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {4/95},
+  pages = {15--29},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:raichle:tex3,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {{\TeX3} von {V}ersion 3.0 bis 3.1415},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {14--26},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:raichle:bericht,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman Style},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {39--40},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {german-Style},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:raichle:orale,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {I}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {16--23},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Schleifen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:raichle:umlaute,
+  author = {Bernd Raichle},
+  title = {Umlaute im {\BibTeX}-{S}tylebefehl \textsc{macro}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {25--27},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Umlaute, BibTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:redaktionsteam:latex-raetsel,
+  author = {Redaktionsteam},
+  title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel: {D}ie {A}uf{\/}l{\"o}sung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {64--68},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:reichert:einheit-liches,
+  author = {Axel Reichert},
+  title = {Einheit-liches},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {25--28},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:reincke:digital,
+  author = {Torsten Reincke},
+  title = {\glqq Digital Typography\grqq\ von Donald E. Knuth},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {55-57},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Dieses Buch von Donald Knuth ist
+	 eine reichhaltige Textsammlung von Artikeln und Reden, die Knuth im
+	 Laufe der Geschichte von {\TeX}\ und \MF\ verfasst hat. Nur drei
+	 Kapitel sind neu, die anderen sind Nachdrucke aus verschiedensten
+	 Zeitschriften. In Knuths unvergleichlicher Art erf{\"a}hrt der Leser viel
+	 Interessantes, aber auch Kurioses zur digitalen Typographie seit 1977. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:reincke:typographie,
+  author = {Torsten Reincke},
+  title = {"` Typographie -- wann wer wie"' von Friedrich Friedl, Nicolaus Ott und Bernard Stein},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {47--49},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {Wer sich f{\"u}r Typographie
+	 und insbesondere das Schaffen von Typographen, Schriftschneidern,
+	 Grafik-Designern und anderen K{\"u}nstlern interessiert, findet in
+	 diesem Nachschlagewerk eine reichhaltige Auswahl des Schriftschaffens
+	 mit {\"u}ber 2000 Abbildungen. Von der Titelseite bis zum Logo und
+	 Plakat ist dieses Buch ein Abbild typographischer Kultur durch die
+	 Jahrhunderte bis in unsere Zeit und wird mit einem Geschichtsteil
+	 und einem kurzen Abschnitt zu den Schriftwerkzeugen abgerundet. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:riedel:belichter,
+  author = {Wolfgang Riedel},
+  title = {Belichter gesucht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {44},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:riessinger,
+  title = {Mathematik für Ingenieure.},
+  publisher = {Springer},
+  year = {2001},
+  author = {Thomas Rießinger},
+  address = {Berlin},
+  edition = {2},
+  month = jul,
+  isbn = {3-540-41971-3},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:ringhandt:a4,
+  author = {Andreas Ringhandt},
+  title = {Von {A}4 zu {A}5},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {46--47},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, A4, A5},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {20--21},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:projektfonds,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Projektfonds},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {14--15},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa:danksagung,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Danksagung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {29--30},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:schaa:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {1/02},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt{}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {20--21},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:buchbestand,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Buchbestand bei \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {30--31},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:winedt,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {{\textsf{WinEdt}} -- Zum Stand der Dinge},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {29--30},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:altlasten,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Altlasten -- Floppies und CD-ROMs},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {29--30},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Lizenzabkommen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {27--29},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:schaa:ergaenzung,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Erg{\"a}nzung zum {L}izenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt\(^\mathrm{TM}\)}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {5--6},
+  month = feb,
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schaa:4alltex-cd-rom,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {4all{\TeX}-CD-ROM bei \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {5},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:altlasten,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Altlasten -- Disketten und CD-ROMs},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {19--20},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {18--19},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {WinEdt},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt$^\mathrm{TM}$}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {20--21},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schaa:bericht,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
+  title = {Bericht von der 17.~{T}agung der {TUG} -- {(Cyr)TUG} 96 in {D}ubna},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {26--30},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {5--7},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {4--7},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {4--5},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {5--6},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
+  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {4},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.weibezahn:einladung,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Roland Weibezahn},
+  title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung {DANTE\,2003} und 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {7--8},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.wilhelms:einladung,
+  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Gerhard Wilhelms},
+  title = {Einladung zur Herbsttagung und 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {25--26},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schalueck:night,
+  author = {Elmar Schal{\"u}ck},
+  title = {A {N}ight at the {O}pera -- {Z}wei {K}onzertberichte},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {23--26},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Mu\TeX, Music\TeX, Musiknotensatz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schank:tex,
+  author = {Michael Schank},
+  title = {{\TeX} und {OS/2} 2.x},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {39--42},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OS/2, Emacs, Auc\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schank:texit,
+  author = {Michael Schank},
+  title = {{\TeX}{IT}! for {OS}/2},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {34--35},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, em\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:schank:tex,
+  author = {Michael Schank},
+  title = {{\TeX} und {OS}/22.x},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {39--40},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:scherer:graphiken,
+  author = {Andreas Scherer},
+  title = {Graphiken mit \textsc{GnuPlot} und {\MF} -- {K}orrektur},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {29--33},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:scherer:promillezeichen,
+  author = {Andreas Scherer},
+  title = {Das {P}romillezeichen als {\TeX}-{M}akro \dots},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {42--45},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Promillezeichen, Metafont},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:scherer:graphiken,
+  author = {Andreas Scherer},
+  title = {Graphiken mit {G}nu{PLOT} und {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {26--30},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:motion,
+  title = {Motion Mountain -- A hike through and beyond space and time following the concepts of modern physics},
+  year = {2005},
+  author = {Christoph Schiller},
+  edition = {17},
+  month = jan,
+  abstract = {How does one empty a bottle as
+	 rapidly as possible? What are the highest force and power in nature?
+	 How does one connect water pipes to a turning wheel? What are the
+	 dangers of a can of beans? What is the one single page of unsolved
+	 problems in fundamental physics? This physics textbook with over 1000
+	 pages on the undergraduate level, is written to be entertaining,
+	 surprising and challenging on every page. After presenting classical
+	 mechanics it provides an introduction to thermodynamics, special
+	 relativity, general relativity, electrodynamics and quantum theory. Each of
+	 these topics is summarized by an inequality: the minimum entropy,
+	 the maximum speed, the maximum force, the minimum change of charge
+	 and the minimum action. Each inequality implies the central results
+	 of the respective field. Finally, the present unification attempts
+	 are presented in light of these limits. For each field of physics,
+	 the text contains the latest research results, the best physical
+	 quizzes and the most telling physical curiosities. Over 630 solved
+	 challenges and 450 figures, photographs and tables are included.},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+  url = {http://www.motionmountain.net/},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schlechte:theoremverzeichnisse,
+  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
+  title = {Theoremverzeichnisse automatisch erstellen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {9--16},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {In diesem Artikel m{\"o}chte
+	 ich ein erweitertes Theorem-Paket vorstellen, das dem Anwender die
+	 M{\"o}glichkeit gibt, leicht und flexibel Theoremverzeichnisse zu erstellen.
+	 Zus{\"a}tzlich werden weitere hilfreiche Funktionen vorgestellt.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Theoremverzeichnis, Verzeichnis},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schlechte:texikon,
+  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
+  title = {Das {\TeX}ikon -- {R}eferenzhandbuch f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {66--68},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension, Nachschlagewerk},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schlechte:raechtschraibrehform,
+  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
+  title = {{D}ie neue {R}{\"a}chtschraibrehform},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {15--22},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {Zur Zeit vergeht kaum ein Monat, in dem nicht wieder eine neue Diskussion zur neuen
+	 Rechtschreibreform aufgeworfen wird. Viele Menschen werden durch {\"u}berzogene
+	 Beispiele und Gegendarstellungen verunsichert. In diesem Artikel
+	 werde ich die wesentlichen {\"A}nderungen aufzeigen, eine -- mit
+	 meiner pers{\"o}nlichen Meinung unterlegte -- Bewertung versuchen
+	 und ein wenig auf die Umstellung f{\"u}r \TeX-Anwender eingehen.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Rechtschreibreform, Silbentrennung, german-Paket},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schlechte:-,
+  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
+  title = {{\MakeIndex} -- {D}em {F}ehler auf der {S}pur},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {31--35},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {{\MakeIndex}, Fehlerbericht, Index},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:schleicher:kompatible,
+  author = {Ralph Schleicher},
+  title = {Kompatible {\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r erweiterte {Z}eichens{\"a}tze},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {34--39},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Makroprogrammierung, Makrodefinition},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schmidt:metafont-spielereien,
+  author = {Jens Schmidt},
+  title = {{\MF}-{S}pielereien},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {46--48},
+  month = may,
+  note = {Beschreibung eines ausgefallenen, {\glqq}schwimmenden{\grqq} Fonts.},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, cmnerv, Fonts, Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:schmidt:tagungsbericht,
+  author = {Jens Schmidt},
+  title = {Tagungsbericht von der {\TeX}90 in {C}ork},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {9--11},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht, Cork},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:schmidt:original,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Original oder F{\"a}lschung?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {60--62},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {In Verbindung mit dem freien \PS-Interpreter Ghostscript wird
+	 eine fehlerhafte Version der Schrift Helvetica verteilt. Der Aufsatz
+	 beschreibt, wie man diese durch die originale Adobe-Helvetica ersetzt, und
+	 wie letztere, v{\"o}llig legal, kostenlos beschafft werden kann. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:schmidt:euro-symbol,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Das Euro-Symbol f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {25--30},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {F{\"u}r die W{\"a}hrungseinheit Euro wurde ein eigenes Symbol definiert. Der
+	 Aufsatz beschreibt verschiedene Zeichens{\"a}tze und Makropakete, die
+	 Euro-Zeichen f{\"u}r die Verwendung mit {\LaTeX} bereitstellen. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmidt:tex,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {{\TeX} und die neue deutsche {R}echtschreibung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {35--37},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Die neuen Schreibregeln f{\"u}r die deutsche Sprache machen {\"A}nderungen an
+	 Silbentrennmustern und an Makropaketen erforderlich. In Zukunft mu{\ss} sowohl
+	 die traditionelle als auch die neue Rechtschreibung unterst{\"u}tzt
+	 werden, Dieser Aufsatz beschreibt die entsprechenden Neuerungen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Rechtschreibung, Silbentrennung, german-Style},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schmidt:tex-umgebung,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS/2}, {H}eft 4/96},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {64},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, EPM\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:schmidt:absaetze,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Abs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {19--22},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Kennzeichnet man den Beginn eines Absatzes weder mit
+	 einem Einzug noch mit zus{\"a}tzlichen Durchschu{\ss}, dann ist er
+	 nicht mehr erkennbar, wenn der vorausgehende Absatz gerade mit einer
+	 vollen Zeile endet. Es wird beschrieben, wie {\TeX} dieses Problem
+	 selbst{\"a}ndig beheben kann und worauf man dabei zu achten hat.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Absatzformen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:antwort,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {{A}ntwort auf den {L}eserbrief von {H}enning {B}{\"o}ke},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {40},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:tex-kompatible,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {{\TeX}-kompatible {R}echtschreibpr{\"u}fung f{\"u}r den {E}ditor {EPM} unter {OS/2} {W}arp},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {11--13},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {Der sogenannte \glqq erweiterte Editor\grqq{} des Betriebssystems
+	 OS/2 l{\"a}{\ss}t sich als komfortable Umgebung f{\"u}r \TeX{} und
+	 \LaTeX{} einrichten. Der Artikel beschreibt, wie man ihn um eine
+	 \TeX-kompatible Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung erg{\"a}nzt, die sowohl Deutsch
+	 als auch Englisch und zahlreiche weitere Sprachen unterst{\"u}tzt.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:latex,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} f{\"u}r {T}echniker},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {32--36},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Formelsatz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:umsteigen,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Umsteigen auf {\LaTeXe}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {26--31},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeXe-Installation, \LaTeX~2.09},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schmidt:computer,
+  author = {Walter Schmidt},
+  title = {Computer {M}odern {B}right},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {11--16},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Computer Modern Bright, },
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schmitt:interlinear-versionen,
+  author = {Peter Schmitt},
+  title = {Interlinear-Versionen: ein Vorschlag},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {34--41},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:dezimalkomma,
+  author = {Peter Schmitt},
+  title = {{"`D}ezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch{"'}, {H}eft 1/94},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {50},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:orale,
+  author = {Peter Schmitt},
+  title = {{"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} {--} {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum){"'}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {50--53},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmitt:tex-raetsel,
+  author = {Peter Schmitt},
+  title = {Ein {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {46--48},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {R{\"a}tsel, Klammern},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schmitt:bemerkungen,
+  author = {Peter Schmitt},
+  title = {Einige {B}emerkungen zu den {DC}-{F}onts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {35--37},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoppmann:bericht,
+  author = {Harald Schoppmann},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.V.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {59--61},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Mailbox},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoppmann:bericht,
+  author = {Harald Schoppmann},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {60--61},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Mailbox},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schoppmann:tex,
+  author = {Harald Schoppmann},
+  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {H}eimwerker},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {4/94},
+  pages = {37--39},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schrell:stammtisch,
+  author = {Andreas Schrell},
+  title = {Der {S}tammtisch in {W}uppertal},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {8--10},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schrod:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- dvi-{T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {38--41},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Treiber, SGML},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {41--42},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:tds,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {{TDS} -- {D}ie vorgeschlagene {\TeX} {D}irectory {S}tructure},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {3/95},
+  pages = {44--47},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {TDS, Verzeichnisstruktur, Standard},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schrod:bericht,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiber},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {42--44},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Treiber},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:komponenten,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Die {K}omponenten von {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {21--29},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {{\TeX} ben{\"o}tigt eine gro{\ss}e Anzahl an Hilfskomponenten (Dateien und
+	 Programme), deren Bedeutung und gegenseitige Beziehung oft nicht bekannt
+	 ist. F{\"u}r das Kernsystem {\TeX} werden die Komponenten und ihre
+	 Beziehungen, die f{\"u}r den {\TeX}-Benutzer sichtbar sind, erl{\"a}utert.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\TeX-Komponenten},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:site-koordinator,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Site-{K}oordinator f{\"u}r {T}reiber -- {W}as ist das?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {30--32},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:status,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Zum {S}tatus verteilter {S}oftware},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {2/90},
+  pages = {32--34},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Shareware, Public Domain, Freeware},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:schrod:bemerkungen,
+  author = {Joachim Schrod},
+  title = {Bemerkungen zur deutschsprachigen {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tiles},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {14--16},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {BibTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schroeder:tex,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {{\TeX} {M}erchandising---{A}n {A}nnouncement},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {48--49},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {Merchandising},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:latex,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {"`{\LaTeX}: kurz \& gut"' von {M}atthias {K}alle {D}alheimer},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {37--39},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:tex-loewe,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Der {\TeX}-{L}{\"o}we zum {A}nfassen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {50--51},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schroeder:dante97,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {{DANTE}'97 in {M}{\"u}nchen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {21--24},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schroeder:texies,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {{\TeX}ies, fahrt nach {H}eidelberg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {56--57},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:schroeder:mehr,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Mehr {P}romillezeichen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {54},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, wasy, Waldis Symbol Font, Fonts, Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schroeder:gedanken,
+  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Gedanken zum {G}edankenstrich},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {53--55},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:schurr:documentstyle-familie,
+  author = {Oliver Schurr},
+  title = {Die documentstyle-{F}amilie \texttt{SCRIPT}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {27--28},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Die documentsytle-Familie \texttt{SCRIPT} von Frank Neukam erm{\"o}glicht erstmals
+	 eine deutliche Verbesserung des Layouts von Texten, die mit {\LaTeX}
+	 gesetzt sind. Sie erlaubt u.\,a. eine sehr komfortable Einstellung des
+	 Satzspiegels f{\"u}r die verschiedenen DIN-Formate und enth{\"a}lt
+	 einen Briefstil, der in der {\TeX}-Gemeinde seines gleichen sucht.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {|SCRIPT|, Dokumentstyle},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:schurr:grafikeinbindung,
+  author = {Oliver Schurr},
+  title = {Grafikeinbindung (!) in {\TeX} mit {HPTOMF} -- {E}in {E}rfahrungsbericht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {23--24},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {HPTOMF, Grafik, Bilder},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schwarz:bericht,
+  author = {Norbert Schwarz},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {NOS/VE} {\&} {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {36},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {NOS/VE, Metafont},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:python,
+  title = {Workshop Python},
+  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+  year = {2002},
+  author = {Stefan Schwarzer},
+  address = {München},
+  month = may,
+  isbn = {3-8273-1880-7},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schaeffler:auseinandersetzungen,
+  author = {Markus Sch{\"a}ffler},
+  title = {Auseinandersetzungen beenden},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {59--60},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:schaenzel:druckertreiber,
+  author = {Roland Sch{\"a}nzel},
+  title = {Druckertreiber gesucht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {50},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schoebel:ich,
+  author = {Wolfgang Sch{\"o}bel},
+  title = {{I}ch h{\"a}tt' da mal 'ne {F}rage},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {45--46},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schoepf:bericht,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {25},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Server},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schoepf:antwort,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Antwort auf den offenen {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {60--63},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schoepf:seitenumbrueche,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Seitenumbr{\"u}che in {L}isten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {4/96},
+  pages = {54--55},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {Seitenumbruch, Listen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoepf:bericht,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {1/97},
+  pages = {62},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Server},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schoepf:bericht,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {53},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Server},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoepf:bericht,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {62--63},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Server},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schoepf:bericht,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {38--39},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Server},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schoepf:buecher,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Zwei neue {B}{\"u}cher},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {47--49},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schoepf:bericht,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {41},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Server},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schoepf:tex-raetsel,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel -- die {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {50},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {R{\"a}tsel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schoepf:softwareverteilung,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Softwareverteilung durch elektronische {N}etze {I} -- {D}ie {\TeX}-{S}erver in {H}eidelberg und {S}tuttgart},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {26--32},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:schoepf:tex-benutzer,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {{\TeX}-{B}enutzer -- {E}in {P}ortrait},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {41--43},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schoepf:tex-raetsel,
+  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
+  title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {46},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#schonimmer#},
+  keywords = {R{\"a}tsel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:schuetze:math,
+  author = {Torsten Sch{\"u}tze},
+  title = {"`Math into \LaTeX"' von Georg Gr{\"a}tzer},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {51--53},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:seitz:arbeitskreis,
+  author = {Peter Seitz},
+  title = {Arbeitskreis {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {31--32},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:seitz:eindruecke,
+  author = {Peter Seitz},
+  title = {Eindr{\"u}cke vom {H}erbst in {E}ichst{\"a}tt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/98},
+  pages = {22--24},
+  month = dec,
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:siart:bayerischer,
+  author = {Uwe Siart},
+  title = {1. Bayerischer {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {8--9},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { Insgesamt zehn Mitglieder der beiden bayerischen {\TeX}-Stammtische in
+	 Erlangen und M{\"u}nchen trafen sich am Samstag, den 9.~August 2003 zum
+	 ersten Mal zu einem gemeinsamen {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:siart:ansprechende,
+  author = {Uwe Siart},
+  title = {Ansprechende technische Illustration mit \MP},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {1/02},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = { \MP\ ist eine Grafik-Beschreibungssprache zur Erstellung qualitativ hochstehender Vektorzeichnungen.
+	 Obwohl der Compiler in praktisch allen modernen {\TeX}-Distributionen
+	 enthalten ist, findet \MP\ noch relativ wenig Beachtung. \MP\ ist
+	 besonders geeignet zur Erstellung von Strichzeichnungen, wie sie in
+	 Naturwissenschaft und Technik h{\"a}ufig auftreten. Dabei erzeugt es besonders
+	 schlanke Bilddateien, deren Format praktisch identisch zu EPS ist.
+	 Allerdings werden Ressourcen, die das {\TeX}-Dokument ohnehin einbindet,
+	 einfach weggelassen. Die angef{\"u}hrten Beispiele stammen -- wie auch
+	 der Autor -- aus dem ingenieurwissenschaftlich-technischen Bereich.
+	 Sie sollen einige F{\"a}higkeiten von \MP\ aufzeigen und den Leser
+	 ermutigen, seine eigenen Anwendungsgebiete f{\"u}r \MP\ zu suchen. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:sieber:russischer,
+  author = {Holm Sieber},
+  title = {Russischer {T}extsatz mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {22--31},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Der Satz mehrsprachiger Texte mit {\LaTeXe} ist dank dem \glqq babel\grqq-Paket
+	 an sich kein Problem. Beim ersten Versuch, damit einen russischen
+	 Text zu setzen, mu{\ss}te ich allerdings feststellen, da{\ss} meine
+	 {\TeX}-Distribution (te{\TeX}) daf{\"u}r nicht vorbereitet gewesen ist. Ich habe
+	 daraufhin die fehlenden Teile installiert. Hier beschreibe ich die
+	 einzelnen Schritte dieser Installation, die Nutzung f{\"u}r das Schreiben
+	 russischer Texte und die in diesem Proze{\ss} gewonnen Erfahrungen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\texttt{babel}, kyrillische Zeichens{\"a}tze, russische Trenntabellen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:sieger:tipps,
+  author = {Rainer Sieger},
+  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Kartenerstellung mit PanMap},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {55--58},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {In der Zeitschrift "`\DTK"' 2/2002 erschien in der Rubrik
+	 Tipps und Tricks ein Artikel von Gerd Neugebauer über die Erstellung
+	 von Illustrationen für \LaTeX. Als Beispiel wurde die Entwicklung
+	 einer Landkarte dargestellt. Mit Hilfe des Programms PanMap kann
+	 der Teil der reinen Kartenerstellung erheblich vereinfacht werden.},
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:skoupy:new,
+  author = {Karel Skoup\'y},
+  title = {{\NTS}: {N}ew {T}ypesetting {S}ystem -- ein neues {S}atzsystem},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {35--45},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {NTS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:skoupy:extending,
+  author = {Karel Skoup{\'y}},
+  title = {Extending \NTS{} (by {\texttt{X\kern-.14em\lower.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.14em\raise.2ex\hbox{S}}})},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {19--31},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = { The article evaluates the experience gained from extending \NTS. Two simple
+	 extensions are mentioned and a more complicated one is studied in
+	 more detail. It involves an abstract model of line-breaking and its
+	 application to the \emph{paragraph-breaking into a fixed orthogonal
+	 polygon shape}. It shows that extensions of \NTS\ are feasible and
+	 discusses the different aspects of making extensions and/or changes. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht 1996},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {10--11},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht 1997},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {8--9},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:tex,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {{\TeX} {N}orth{E}ast},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {46--47},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {TUG},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht 1995},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {9--10},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1993--31.12.1993},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {16--17},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1994--31.12.1994},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {6--9},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:sowa:bericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {33--34},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {BS2000, Graphik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:sowa:bericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {34--35},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {BS2000, Graphik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1992--1.12.1992},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {26--27},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1991--31.12.1991},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {23--25},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:stammtisch,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Stammtisch in {D}uisburg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {5--6},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Stammtisch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:text,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Text und {B}ilder},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {41--45},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Bilder, Grafik, \verb|picinpar.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:sowa:grafikintegration,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Grafikintegration mit \textsf{BM2FONT}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {10--14},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {bm2font, Grafik, Bilder},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
+  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
+  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 9.10.1989--4.9.1990},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {8},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Kasenbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:splett:interlinearuebersetzung,
+  author = {Siegfried Splett},
+  title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung -- Wer wei{\ss} Rat?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {2/99},
+  pages = {44--46},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {Gesucht wird ein Verfahren, mit dem zweisprachige Texte gesetzt werden k{\"o}nnen. In
+	 einer {\em Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung} steht unter den Satzteilen der
+	 Quelle die {\"U}bertragung, m{\"o}glichst Wort f{\"u}r Wort, in die
+	 Zielsprache. Es gibt ein umfangreiches Vorbild: Das Neue Testament $\cdot$
+	 \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung Griechisch-Deutsch}, das in dieser Technik gesetzt ist. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:splett:russische,
+  author = {Siegfried Splett},
+  title = {Das russische {A}lphabet -- mit {\glqq}{B}ordmitteln{\grqq} erstellt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {28--30},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, Kyrillisch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:steinbach-werner:editorial,
+  author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:steinbach-werner:editorial,
+  author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:steinbach-werner:editorial,
+  author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
+  title = {Editorial},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {3--4},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#editorial#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:anmerkungen,
+  author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user},
+  title = {Anmerkungen zu script\_l},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {62--63},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, \verb|script_l|, Fonts, Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:serienbriefe,
+  author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user},
+  title = {Serienbriefe und vieles mehr \dots},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {46--49},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Serienbriefe, Briefe},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:quicksilver,
+  title = {Quicksilver},
+  publisher = {Goldmann},
+  year = {2004},
+  author = {Neal Stephenson},
+  address = {München},
+  month = aug,
+  isbn = {3-442-54568-4},
+  abstract = {Der erste Band der gefeierten »Barock-Trilogie« Europa, um
+	 1665: Daniel Waterhouse, Querdenker, Puritaner und Verächter der
+	 alten Geheimwissenschaften, strebt mit seinem Freund Isaac Newton
+	 und einigen anderen großen Geistern des barocken Europa nach Wissen
+	 und Erkenntnis, während die Welt ringsum ein einziges Chaos ist.
+	 Überall ringt die Vernunft mit dem blutigen Ehrgeiz der Mächtigen,
+	 und jederzeit können Katastrophen ? ob natürlich oder hausgemacht
+	 ? die politische Landschaft über Nacht verändern. In dieser Zeit
+	 steigt Jack Shaftoe vom Londoner Gassenjungen zum legendären König der
+	 Vagabunden auf. Er riskiert Leib und Leben für sein Glück und seine
+	 Liebe ? und verliert durch die Syphilis schleichend den Verstand.
+	 Gleichzeitig schlägt sich seine Geliebte Eliza, die er aus einem türkischen
+	 Harem befreit hat, bis zum Hof Ludwigs XIV. durch, wird Mätresse,
+	 Spionin und Schachfigur in den Händen von königlichen Staatenlenkern.
+	 Die Wege von Daniel, Jack und Eliza führen kreuz und quer durch das
+	 zerrissene Europa, sie berühren und verschlingen sich, während allerorten
+	 ein neues Zeitalter seine Schatten voraus wirft ? "Vielleicht ist
+	 'Quicksilver', das einen Schatz an Geschichten, Personen, Handlungen
+	 und Verknüpfungen enthält, weniger ein Buch als ein Ort, den wir
+	 besuchen und an dem wir uns tummeln können. Eines ist sicher: Der
+	 (ehemalige) SF-Autor Stephenson ist damit endgültig in der Gegenwart der
+	 Vergangenheit angekommen. Die uns durchaus einen viel sagenden Blick in
+	 die Zukunft offenbaren kann." Buchjournal "Der Autor entwirft ein
+	 lebendiges Panorama einer großen Epoche der Wissenschaft: die manische
+	 Kleinarbeit der Forscher in abgelegenen Laboratorien, ihre Erfolge und
+	 Niederlagen. 'Quicksilver' ist Wissenschafts-Thriller, Historienschmöker und
+	 Schelmenroman auf höchstem Niveau." SZ Wissen "Geniale Schöpferkraft ? Sie
+	 werden sich wünschen, dass es nie zu Ende geht!" Time Magazine},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:sterzl:finanzbericht,
+  author = {Tobias Sterzl},
+  title = {Finanzbericht 2002},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {2/03},
+  pages = {11--14},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:sterzl:literarischer,
+  author = {Tobias Sterzl},
+  title = {Ein "`literarischer"' Ergu{\ss} {\"u}ber die {\TeX}-Tagung an der Fernuniversit{\"a}t/Gesamthochschule Hagen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {10--11},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:steuer:postkarten,
+  author = {Arne W. Steuer},
+  title = {Postkarten mit {P}as{\TeX} auf dem {A}miga},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {40--41},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Postkarten, \verb|postcard.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:steuer:style-files,
+  author = {Arne W. Steuer},
+  title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {25--30},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Es wird geschildert, wie insbesondere {\LaTeX}-Einsteiger einfache Stil-Optionen
+	 (Style-Files) selbst entwickeln k{\"o}nnen. Grundsatz dabei ist:
+	 Vom Speziellen zum Allgemeinen. Beispielhaft wird die Erstellung
+	 eines Style-Files zum Beschriften von Aktenordnern beschrieben. Im
+	 Vordergrund steht dabei nicht die Ber{\"u}cksichtigung von Tricks und
+	 Feinheiten der Makroprogrammierung. Vielmehr ist es Ziel, eine leicht
+	 nachvollziehbare Vorgehensweise darzustellen, die zu einfachen aber
+	 funktionierenden Ergebnissen f{\"u}hrt und zu eigenen Experimenten anregt.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Styles erstellen, },
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:steuer:cassettenhuellen,
+  author = {Arne W. Steuer},
+  title = {Cassettenh{\"u}llen mit {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {28--29},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Casettenh{\"u}llen, \verb|cassette.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:storbeck:schoener,
+  author = {Sven Storbeck},
+  title = {Sch{\"o}ner Lesen~--~gut lesbare und optisch ansprechende Texte durch gute Typografie},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {6--30},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Jeder Autor eines Textes m{\"o}chte, dass dieser auch
+	 gelesen wird. Zur Erf{\"u}llung dieses Wunsches tragen nicht nur
+	 die stilistischen H{\"o}henfl{\"u}ge des Verfassers bei, sondern
+	 auch das {\"a}u{\ss}ere Erscheinungsbild des Textes. Der folgende
+	 Artikel~-- der sich an den typografisch Unbedarften wendet~-- zeigt,
+	 wie es dem Leser leicht gemacht werden kann, den Text zu erfassen. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:strempel:latex-programm,
+  author = {Torsten-Karl Strempel},
+  title = {{\LaTeX}-{P}rogramm zum {B}riefeschreiben},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {22--25},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Briefe, \verb|tksbrief.sty|},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:strobel:fraktur,
+  author = {Franz Strobel},
+  title = {Fraktur und \texttt{eqnarray}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Fraktur, Formelsatz},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:suchanek:mathematikaufgaben,
+  author = {Jan Suchanek},
+  title = {Mathematikaufgaben mit {P}ascal und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {3/93},
+  pages = {29--32},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Pascal, Aufgaben, Mathematik},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sumbeck:verwaltung,
+  author = {Fred Sumbeck},
+  title = {Verwaltung von {L}iteraturdatenbanken},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {39--46},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:szillat:finanzbericht,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {Finanzbericht 2001},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {2/02},
+  pages = {13--17},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:beitragsordnung,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {Beitragsordnung \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {22--25},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:finanzbericht,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {Finanzbericht 2000},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {16--20},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:szillat:finanzbericht,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {Finanzbericht 1999},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {11--17},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:szillat:finanzbericht,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {Finanzbericht~1998, Mitgliederversammlung 19.~September 1999},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {20--24},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:szillat:internet-anschluss,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {Internet-{A}nschlu{\ss} -- selbst gebastelt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {37--39},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Internet},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:szillat:dc-fonts,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {{DC}-{F}onts},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {52--54},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:szillat:ams-latex,
+  author = {Horst Szillat},
+  title = {{\AMS-\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {26--31},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {\AMS-\LaTeX},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:guidesi,
+  title = {Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI)},
+  publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology},
+  year = {1995},
+  author = {Barry N. Taylor},
+  volume = {811},
+  series = {NIST Special Publication},
+  address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001},
+  month = apr,
+  abstract = {The International System of Units, universally abbreviated SI (from the
+	 French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is the modern metric
+	 system of measurement. Long the dominant measurement system used in
+	 science, the SI is becoming the dominant measurement system used in
+	 international commerce. The Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of
+	 August 1988 [Public Law (PL) 100-418] changed the name of the National
+	 Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute of Standards and
+	 Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task of helping United States
+	 industry increase its competitiveness in the global marketplace. It also
+	 recognized the rapidly expanding use of the SI by amending the Metric
+	 Conversion Act of 1975 (PL 94-168). In particular, section 5164 (Metric
+	 Usage) of PL 100-418 designates the metric system of measurement
+	 as the preferred system of weights and measures for United States
+	 trade and commerce . . . and requires that each Federal agency, by
+	 a date certain and to the extent economically feasible by the end
+	 of fiscal year 1992, use the metric system of measurement in its
+	 procurements, grants, and other business-related activities, except to the
+	 extent that such use is impractical or is likely to cause significant
+	 inefficiencies or loss of markets for United States firms . . . In January
+	 1991, the Department of Commerce issued an addition to the Code of
+	 Federal Regulations entitled ??Metric Conversion Policy for Federal
+	 Agencies,?? 15 CFR 1170, which removes the voluntary aspect of the
+	 conversion to the SI for Federal agencies and gives in detail the
+	 policy for that conversion. Executive Order 12770, issued in July
+	 1991, reinforces that policy by providing Presidential authority and
+	 direction for the use of the metric system of measurement by Federal
+	 agencies and departments.* Because of the importance of the SI to both
+	 science and technology, NIST has over the years published documents to
+	 assist NIST authors and other users of the SI, especially to inform
+	 them of changes in the SI and in SI usage. For example, this second
+	 edition of the Guide replaces the first edition prepared by Arthur O.
+	 McCoubrey and published in 1991. That edition, in turn, replaced NBS
+	 Letter Circular LC 1120 (1979), which was widely distributed in the
+	 United States and which was incorporated into the NBS Communications
+	 Manual for Scientific, Technical, and Public Information, a manual of
+	 instructions issued in 1980 for the preparation of technical publications at
+	 NBS. It is quite natural for NIST to publish documents on the use of
+	 the SI. First, NIST coordinates the Federal Government policy on
+	 the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the use of the
+	 SI by United States industry and the public. Second, NIST provides
+	 official United States representation in the various international
+	 bodies established by the Meter Convention (Convention du Me`tre,
+	 often called the Treaty of the Meter in the United States), which
+	 was signed in Paris in 1875 by seventeen countries, including the
+	 United States (nearly 50 countries are now members of the Convention).
+	 One body created by the Meter Convention is the General Conference
+	 on Weights and Measures (CGPM, Confe?rence Ge?ne?rale des Poids et
+	 Mesures ), a formal diplomatic organization.** The International
+	 System was in fact established by the 11th CGPM in 1960, and it is the
+	 responsibility of the CGPM to ensure that the SI is widely disseminated and
+	 that it reflects the latest advances in science and technology. This
+	 1995 edition of the Guide corrects a number of misprints in the 1991
+	 edition, incorporates a significant amount of additional material
+	 intended to answer frequently asked questions concerning the SI and SI
+	 usage, and updates the bibliography. The added material includes a
+	 check list in Chapter 11, which is reproduced immediately after this
+	 Preface for easy reference, for reviewing the consistency of NIST
+	 manuscripts with the SI. Some changes in format have also been made in an
+	 attempt to improve the ease of use of the Guide. In keeping with
+	 United States and NIST practice (see Sec. C.3), this edition of the
+	 Guide continues to use the dot as the decimal marker rather than
+	 the comma, the spellings ??meter,?? ??liter,?? and ??deka?? rather
+	 than ??metre,?? ??litre,?? and ??deca,?? and the name ??metric ton??
+	 rather than ??tonne.?? I should like to take this opportunity to thank
+	 James B. McCracken of the NISTMetric Program for his highly capable
+	 assistance in the early stages of the preparation of this Guide.},
+  comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1991},
+  organization = {United States Department of Commerce},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+  url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:taylor.obermiller:zukunft,
+  author = {Phil Taylor and Walter Obermiller},
+  title = {Die {Z}ukunft von {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {19--37},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung, NTS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:taylor:pragmatische,
+  author = {Philip Taylor},
+  title = {Eine pragmatische Herangehensweise an den Absatzumbruch},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {4/99},
+  pages = {43--49},
+  month = nov,
+  note = {Dieser Artikel ist in TUGboat 14(1993)\#2, Juli~1993, Seite 138--140 erschienen und wurde von Rebecca Stiels {\"u}bersetzt.},
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:taylor:-tex,
+  author = {Philip Taylor},
+  title = {{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} {V}ersion 2: {V}erf{\"u}gbar auf der {CD-ROM} "`{\TeX} {L}ive"'!},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {26--35},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {$\varepsilon$-\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:team:modifying,
+  author = {\LaTeX3{} Project Team},
+  title = {Modifying {\LaTeXe}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {2/95},
+  pages = {6--10},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3},
+}
+
+@MISC{package:ifthen,
+  author = {The \LaTeX3-Project Team},
+  title = {\Package{ifthen.sty} -- Implements programming control structures, version 1.1c},
+  year = {2001},
+  note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/base/}},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:team:latex,
+  author = {{\LaTeX} Programming Team},
+  title = {{\LaTeX} {N}ews, {I}ssue2, {D}ecember 1994},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {3/94},
+  pages = {18--20},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:teilnahme:eurotex99,
+  author = {Einladung zur Teilnahme},
+  title = {Euro{\TeX}'99 -- XI. Europ{\"a}ische {\TeX}-Konferenz},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {61--63},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {Spielplan},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:theofel:12,
+  author = {Jan Theofel},
+  title = {12.\ {\TeX}-Tagung in Rosenheim -- Ein pers{\"o}nlicher Bericht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {1/01},
+  pages = {32--35},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:thewalt:dante94,
+  author = {Volker Thewalt},
+  title = {{DANTE}'94 in {M}{\"u}nster -- ein kurzer {T}agungsbericht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {23--27},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:thiel:emacs,
+  author = {Rainer Thiel},
+  title = {Emacs, Auc{\TeX}\ und MiK{\TeX}s \textsf{Yap} unter Windows},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {6--14},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { Wer die Vorteile eines Satzsystems wie {\LaTeXTeX} nutzen will, muss auf die direkte
+	 Begutachtung seiner Arbeit auf dem Bildschirm verzichten. M{\"o}glich ist
+	 dagegen ein bequemer Editor-Compiler-Zyklus, der es erlaubt, vom
+	 DVI-Viewer an die entsprechende Stelle im Quelltext zu springen und
+	 umgekehrt. Der vorliegende Beitrag beschreibt aus der Sicht eines mit den
+	 Interna von {\LaTeXTeX} kaum vertrauten Anwenders, wie dies unter
+	 Windows mit GNU-\textsf{Emacs} und MiK{\TeX} zu realisieren ist. },
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:thomas-koch:einladung,
+  author = {Thomas Koch, Thomas Feuerstack},
+  title = {Einladung zur Herbstagung und 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {8},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:thull:gebrauch,
+  author = {Klaus Thull},
+  title = {Der {G}ebrauch von {\MF}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {25--36},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Metafont, Fontentwurf, Schriftentwurf},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:deutschsprachige,
+  author = {Robert Tolksdorf},
+  title = {Deutschsprachige {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tils},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {28},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:kennzeichnung,
+  author = {Robert Tolksdorf},
+  title = {Kennzeichnung von {V}orversionen eines {D}okumentes},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {26--29},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Durch eine kleine Modifikation der Output-Routine von {\LaTeX} werden Vorversionen eines
+	 Dokumentes durch eine zus{\"a}tzliche Zeile am Seitenende als solche
+	 gekennzeichnet. Die Modifikation wird als Style-Option implementiert.},
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:trautner:jiddisch,
+  author = {Martin Trautner},
+  title = {Jiddisch mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {13--26},
+  month = nov,
+  abstract = {Jiddisch, die Sprache des osteurop{\"a}ischen Judentums, stellt
+	 besondere Anforderungen an {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}. Zum einen m{\"u}ssen
+	 geeignete Fonts beschafft und bereitgestellt werden. Zum anderen
+	 ist {\TeX} mit der F{\"a}higkeit zu bidirektionalem Schriftsatz zum
+	 Schreiben gemischter Texte von links nach rechts beziehungsweise von
+	 rechts nach links auszustatten. Im Folgenden werden die verschiedenen
+	 M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, jiddische Texte mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} zu
+	 setzen. Das Ergebnis in der gewohnt hohen Qualit{\"a}t von {\TeX}
+	 macht dieses Satzsystem beispielsweise auch f{\"u}r den Einsatz in
+	 wissenschaftlichen Einrichtungen interessant, die sich mit der Erforschung
+	 jiddischer Sprache und Kultur besch{\"a}ftigen. Bei allen {\"U}berlegungen
+	 wei{\ss} sich der Verfasser der Idee freier Software verpflichtet. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:unger:mailbox,
+  author = {J{\"u}rgen Unger},
+  title = {Die {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}. -- es ist vollbracht},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1995},
+  volume = {1/95},
+  pages = {18--20},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {7},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:vieth:schnell,
+  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
+  title = {{"`S}chnell ans {Z}iel mit {\LaTeXe"`} von {J}{\"o}rg {K}nappen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {44--47},
+  month = feb,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+  reference = {J{\"o}rg Knappen: \emph{Schnell ans Ziel mit \LaTeXe}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag,
+	 M{\"u}nchen, Wien, 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24199-0\\ 207 Seiten, 48,00~DM},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:vieth:latex,
+  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
+  title = {"`{T}he {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {C}ompanion"' von {G}oosens et al.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {49--52},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+  reference = {M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, S. Rahtz: \emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics
+	 Companion -- Illustrating Documents with \TeX\ and PostScript}\\ Addison
+	 Wesley Longman 1997;\\ ISBN 0-201-85469-4\\ 580 Seiten, \$\,39,95},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:vieth:tex,
+  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
+  title = {"`{\TeX} {U}nbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {54--57},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+  reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound --
+	 \LaTeX\ \& \TeX\ Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford
+	 University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X
+	 (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:vieth:tex,
+  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
+  title = {{\TeX} {L}ive -- {D}ie erste {TDS}-konforme ready-to-run {\TeX}-{CD-ROM} f{\"u}r {U}nix-{S}ysteme und andere {P}lattformen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {56--63},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {CD-ROM, TDS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:vieth:bericht,
+  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
+  title = {Bericht von der 14.~{T}agung der {TUG}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {6--18},
+  month = sep,
+  note = {Zusammenfassung einiger Workshops und Vortr{\"a}ge zur 14. TUG-Tagung in Birmingham.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:voss:optische,
+  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {Optische Darstellungen mit \texttt{pst-optic}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {1/03},
+  pages = {40--59},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel soll die Beschreibung der Teilpakete, die alle unter dem
+	 Synonym \texttt{pstricks} zusammengefasst werden und mittlerweile
+	 mehr als nur latent undurchsichtig erscheinen, mit einem Paket zur
+	 Darstellung der optischen Verh{\"a}ltnisse an Linsen fortgesetzt werden.
+	 Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule und
+	 Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige Leser interessant sein. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:voss:erstellen,
+  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {Erstellen von Schaltbildern mit \texttt{pst-circ}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {33--49},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel wird die Beschreibung der
+	 Teilpakete, die alle unter dem Synonym \verb|pstricks| zusammengefasst
+	 werden, mit einem Paket zur Darstellung von Schaltbildern fortgesetzt.
+	 Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule
+	 und Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige interessant
+	 sein, insbesondere wenn es gilt, f{\"u}r Ver{\"o}ffentlichungen oder
+	 Arbeitsbl{\"a}tter auf einfache Art und Weise Ersatzschaltbilder zu
+	 erstellen ohne auf Vektorzeichenprogramme zugreifen zu m{\"u}ssen. },
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:voss:mathematischen,
+  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {Die mathematischen Funktionen von Postscript},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {1/02},
+  month = mar,
+  abstract = { \PS, faktisch genauso alt wie {\TeX},
+	 ist im Verh{\"a}ltnis dazu allgemein noch weniger bekannt, wenn es
+	 darum geht zu beurteilen, was es denn nun im eigentlichen Sinne ist.
+	 Au{\ss}erdem wird h{\"a}ufig vergessen, dass sich mit den \PS-Funktionen
+	 viele Dinge erledigen lassen, bei denen sonst auf externe Programme
+	 zur{\"u}ckgegriffen wird. Dies wird im Folgenden f{\"u}r die mathematischen
+	 Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Paket \texttt{pst-plot} gezeigt. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:voss:gauss-sty,
+  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+  title = {{\texttt{gauss.sty}} -- Visualisierung des Gaußschen Eliminationsverfahrens},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {34--40},
+  month = oct,
+  abstract = {Die Zahl der vorhanden \LaTeX-Pakete
+	 ist sicherlich endlich, wenn man auch manchmal den gegenteiligen
+	 Eindruck hat. Neben den mehr oder weniger bekannten Paketen gibt es eine
+	 erhebliche Anzahl, die einem großen Anwenderkreis deswegen nicht
+	 bekannt sind, weil deren Anwendung häufig sehr speziell ist. Dazu
+	 gehört sicherlich das Paket \texttt{gauss}, welches nur sehr spezielle
+	 Wünsche erfüllt, die im Folgenden an Beispielen beschrieben werden. },
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:pst,
+  title = {PSTricks -- Grafik mit PostScrpt für {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
+  publisher = {Lehmanns Fachbuchhandlung},
+  year = {2004},
+  author = {Herbert Voß},
+  address = {Hamburg},
+  month = jun,
+  isbn = {3-86541-053-7},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:wallmeier:deutsches,
+  author = {Markus Wallmeier},
+  title = {Deutsches und internationales {\BibTeX}ing},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {35--38},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {BibTeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wallmeier:probleme,
+  author = {Martin Wallmeier},
+  title = {Probleme mit langen {\"U}berschriften in {\LaTeX} und ein {L}{\"o}sungsvorschlag},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {43--46},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {{\"U}berschriften},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:waschik:bericht,
+  author = {Sebastian Waschik},
+  title = {Bericht von der Herbsttagung von \dante{}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {12--14},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:weibezahn:tex-tagung,
+  author = {Roland Weibezahn},
+  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2003 in Bremen -- Einladung und Call for Papers},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {3/02},
+  pages = {5--6},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:wellssow:bericht,
+  author = {Arne Well{\ss}ow},
+  title = {Bericht {\"u}ber {DANTE}'92 in {H}amburg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {7--12},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:werntges:grafik-import,
+  author = {Heinz Werntges},
+  title = {Grafik-{I}mport in {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {2/93},
+  pages = {38--53},
+  month = sep,
+  note = {Einbinden von Grafiken in {\LaTeX} mit Beispielen und diversen Wandelprogrammen.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Grafik, c't, Postscript, Rastergrafik, eps, Vektorgrafik, Metafont, \PiCTeX,
+	 Xfig, \TeX{}cad, GhostScript, DVIPS, em\TeX, RUMgraph, bm2font, hp2xx},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:werntges:hp2xx,
+  author = {Heinz Werntges},
+  title = {\texttt{hp2xx} -- {E}in {K}onverter f{\"u}r {HPGL}-{D}ateien},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {2/91},
+  pages = {14--23},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {HPGL ist ein Quasi-Standard f{\"u}r Vektorgrafiken. Wer HPGL-Bilder in {\TeX}-Dokumente
+	 einbinden will, erh{\"a}lt mit \texttt{hp2xx} ein Hilfsmittel f{\"u}r
+	 alle typischen Vorgehensweisen: \texttt{hp2xx} kann Druckdateien
+	 erzeugen, so da{\ss} Abbildungen in alter Weise separat gedruckt und
+	 eingeklebt werden k{\"o}nnen, generiert aber auch Rastergrafik (PCX),
+	 entweder f{\"u}r die direkte Einbindung wie mit den {em\TeX}-Treibern,
+	 oder f{\"u}r Weiterverarbeitung wie z.\,B. mit \texttt{bm2font}.
+	 Das EPS-Format (encapsulated \textsc{PostScript}) erm{\"o}glicht
+	 aufl{\"o}sungsunabh{\"a}ngige Bildeinbindung und ist insbesondere f{\"u}r
+	 hochaufl{\"o}sende Drucker oder Lichtsatzanlagen interessant. Auch
+	 \textsc{Metafont} wird unterst{\"u}tzt. Auf DOS-Rechnern mit VGA-Grafik ist
+	 schlie{\ss}lich ein Preview-Modus realisiert. Das ausf{\"u}hrbare Programm ist
+	 {\glqq}public domain{\grqq} und wird zur Zeit auf DOS, Sun (Sparc), sowie
+	 (mit Einschr{\"a}nkungen) auf VAX/VMS und ATARI unterst{\"u}tzt.},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {hp2xx, Konverter, Rastergrafik, Bilder, Postscript, bm2font, eps},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:wiechern:test,
+  author = {Hartmut Wiechern},
+  title = {Test zweier {A}tari-{V}ersionen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {3/91},
+  pages = {34--37},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Atari, Lindner-\TeX, Strunk-\TeX},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:wiechern:nachtrag,
+  author = {Hartmut Wiechern},
+  title = {Nachtrag zum {A}tari-{\TeX}-{T}est},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {4/91},
+  pages = {43--45},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Atari},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:wilhelms:4alltex-preview,
+  author = {Gerhard Wilhelms},
+  title = {4all{\TeX}-Preview -- {\TeX}\ f{\"u}r alle?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {51--56},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {4all{\TeX} 5.0 ist eine {\TeX}-Umgebung f{\"u}r
+	 Windows. Diesem Bericht liegt eine Vorab-Version zugrunde. Kleine
+	 Unzul{\"a}nglichkeiten dieser Version wurden umgehend vom Autorenteam Erik
+	 Frambach/Wietse Dol abgestellt. Der Bericht soll als Entscheidungshilfe
+	 dienen, ob 4all{\TeX} als Alternative f{\"u}r das eigene System in
+	 Frage kommen kann. Ein erweiterter Praxistest der endg{\"u}ltigen
+	 Version von 4all{\TeX} folgt in der n{\"a}chsten Ausgabe von "`\DTK"'. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:wilhelms:etwas,
+  author = {Gerhard Wilhelms},
+  title = {Eine etwas andere {B}uchrezension},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {3/96},
+  pages = {70--75},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {PostScript, Acrobat, PDF, Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:willadt:texin,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {{\TeX}\ in der Apotheke: ABDA-K{\"a}rtchen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  month = may,
+  abstract = {{\TeX}\ eignet sich nicht
+	 nur zum Erstellen von {\em beautifully typset documents}, sondern
+	 ebenso als Werkzeug f{\"u}r schn{\"o}de Alltagsaufgaben. In diesem
+	 Beitrag wird eine Einsatzm{\"o}glichkeit beschrieben, bei der der
+	 Endanwender fast ohne Kenntnisse der {\TeX}-Makrosprache auskommt. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {52--54},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:arial,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Arial installieren},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {16--21},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {Layout-Vorschriften erzwingen gelegentlich die Verwendung einer nicht in einer
+	 Standard-{\TeX}-Distribution enthaltenen Schrift. Im Folgenden wird am Beispiel
+	 \emph{Arial} beschrieben, wie eine solche Schrift installiert wird, wenn die
+	 ben{\"o}tigten \texttt{tfm}- und \texttt{vf}-Dateien bereits vorliegen. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:robert,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Robert Bringhurst: The Elements of Typographic Style},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:willadt:zeilenabstaende,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Zeilenabst\"ande},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {31--36},
+  month = sep,
+  abstract = {Der Zeilenabstand entscheidet mit dar\"uber, wie
+	 gut ein Text lesbar ist. Zu kleine Zeilenabst\"ande f\"uhren dazu,
+	 dass man die einzelnen Worte nur schwer entziffern kann; auch das
+	 Verrutschen des Auges von einer Zeile in eine andere wird dadurch
+	 beg\"unstigt. Zu gro\ss{}e Zeilenabst\"ande sehen seltsam aus; statt eines
+	 gleichm\"a\ss{}igen Grauwertes wirkt die Seite "`gestreift"'. Mithin am
+	 schlimmsten sind ungleiche Zeilenabst\"ande; der Leser wei{\ss} nicht, ob
+	 ein Absatz endet oder ob es sich um ein Zufallsprodukt handelt. Im
+	 Folgenden wird erl\"autert, wie {\TeX}\ mit Zeilenabst\"anden umgeht. },
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:willadt:rohdaten,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Rohdaten einlesen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {1/99},
+  pages = {33--36},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Die Bearbeitung von Daten, die von anderen Programmen erzeugt wurden, f{\"a}llt
+	 am leichtesten, wenn beim Datenexport Markup eingef{\"u}gt werden
+	 kann, das \TeX\ versteht. In diesem Artikel soll gezeigt werden,
+	 wie auch Daten, die kein Markup enthalten, jedoch in einem genau
+	 festgelegten Format vorliegen, von \TeX\ bearbeitet werden k{\"o}nnen.},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:willadt:tex,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r Serient{\"a}ter},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {41--50},
+  month = aug,
+  abstract = {Dieser Artikel erl{\"a}utert zuerst Anforderungen, die die Post an
+	 Serienbriefe stellt, anschlie{\ss}end werden Hinweise zur Optimierung der
+	 Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit seitens {\TeX} und des Druckers gegeben. },
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:willadt:verflixte,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {4/97},
+  pages = {29--39},
+  month = feb,
+  abstract = {Wenn eine bestehende {\TeX}-Installation auf 8-Bit-Eingabe und 8-Bit-Zeichens{\"a}tze umgestellt wird,
+	 ergeben sich einige neue Aspekte. Der Schwerpunkt dieses Artikels liegt
+	 weniger bei den Details der Umstellung selbst, als vielmehr bei den
+	 Ver{\"a}nderungen, die diese f{\"u}r die t{\"a}gliche Arbeit mit sich bringen.},
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:ergaenzungsvorschlag,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Erg{\"a}nzungsvorschlag zum {R}edaktionsstatut},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {25},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tabellen,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Tabellen importieren},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {42--45},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Tabellen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tex,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {{\TeX} entfesselt -- "`{\TeX} unbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {52--53},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+  reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound --
+	 \LaTeX\ \& \TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford
+	 University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X
+	 (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:skalierbare,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Skalierbare {S}chriften},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {10--19},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, skalieren, PostScript, TrueType, PSNFSS},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:tex,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {{\TeX} im {I}nternet -- {T}ips f{\"u}r den {E}instieg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {3/98},
+  pages = {30--34},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Internet, WWW, FTP, E-Mail},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:willadt:mikrotypographie-regeln,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Mikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}, {H}eft 1/97},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {43},
+  month = jul,
+  note = {mit Antwort von Marion Neubauer},
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, DIN-Vorschrift Datum, neue Rechtschreibung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:willadt:orale,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Orale {S}pielereien -- {T}eil {III}, {H}eft 4/95},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {58--59},
+  month = jun,
+  note = {mit einer Antwort von Bernd Raichle},
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:willadt:anregungen,
+  author = {Peter Willadt},
+  title = {Anregungen hinsichtlich der {S}oftwareverteilung von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {3/92},
+  pages = {29--30},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:wegwsch,
+  title = {Wegweiser Schrift. Erste Hilfe im Umgang mit Schrift},
+  publisher = {Schmidt},
+  year = {2003},
+  author = {Hans Peter Willberg},
+  address = {Mainz},
+  edition = {2},
+  isbn = {3-87439-569-3},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:ehtypo,
+  title = {Erste Hilfe in Typografie},
+  publisher = {Schmidt},
+  year = {2003},
+  author = {Hans Peter Willberg and Friedrich Forssmann},
+  address = {Mainz},
+  edition = {4},
+  isbn = {3-87439-474-3},
+  abstract = {Sie treffen täglich Schriftentscheidungen, aber bislang eher nach dem "I like it" des Tages? Sie
+	 nehmen immer ein und dieselbe Schrift, aber die Texte von anderen
+	 gefallen Ihnen oft besser? Dann hilft Ihnen Wegweiser Schrift als
+	 Leitfaden im Schriften-Dschungel. Auf 100 anschaulichen Seiten führt
+	 Hans Peter Willberg Gestalter unzähliger ausgezeichneter Bücher,
+	 renommierter Fachautor und emeritierter Professor allgemeinverständlich
+	 in Form, Stil und Geschichte der Schriften ein, sensibilisiert für
+	 Charakter und Wirkung verschiedener Schriften, passende Mischungen
+	 und erläutert die wichtigsten Regeln im Umgang mit Schrift. Viele
+	 Praxisübungen und ungezählte Beispiele lassen Wegweiser Schrift zu einer
+	 vergnüglichen Lektüre werden, die neben keinem Computer fehlen sollte.},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:willms,
+  title = {{\LaTeX} echt einfach},
+  publisher = {Franzis Verlag},
+  year = {2003},
+  author = {Roland Willms},
+  address = {Poing},
+  edition = {3},
+  isbn = {3-7723-6888-3},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wisser:amiga,
+  author = {Ulrich Wisser},
+  title = {Amiga und {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {1/93},
+  pages = {35--41},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Amiga, Amiga\TeX, Pas\TeX},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:wobst,
+  title = {Abenteuer Kryptologie -- Methoden, Risiken und Nutzen der Datenverschlüsselung},
+  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+  year = {2001},
+  author = {Reinhard Wobst},
+  series = {net.com},
+  address = {München},
+  edition = {3},
+  isbn = {3-8273-1815-7},
+  keywords = {Kryptologie, PGP, Sicherheit},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:woehle:geraeteunabhaengigkeit,
+  author = {Hartmut W{\"o}hle},
+  title = {Ger{\"a}teunabh{\"a}ngigkeit},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {55},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:zapf:meine,
+  author = {Hermann Zapf},
+  title = {Meine Zusammenarbeit mit Don Knuth und meine Schriftentw{\"u}rfe},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {37--44},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:zapf:has,
+  author = {Hermann Zapf},
+  title = {Has type design any future},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {2/94},
+  pages = {11--13},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {Stammtisch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:zierke:latex,
+  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
+  title = {The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {46--48},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:zierke:stammtischbericht,
+  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
+  title = {Stammtischbericht aus {H}amburg},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {1/92},
+  pages = {25--26},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+  keywords = {Stammtisch},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:zierke:vieweg,
+  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
+  title = {Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeX}-{B}uch: {E}ine praxisorientierte {E}inf{\"u}hrung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1992},
+  volume = {2/92},
+  pages = {48--49},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:zierke:tagungsbericht,
+  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
+  title = {Tagungsbericht vom 9.~{T}reffen der deutschen {\TeX}-{I}nteressenten in {G}{\"o}ttingen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {3/90},
+  pages = {11--16},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#theatertage#},
+  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:zierke:vereinfachter,
+  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
+  title = {Vereinfachter {\TeX}-{A}ufruf unter {U}nix},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {4/90},
+  pages = {17--22},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+  keywords = {Unix, \TeX-Aufruf},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:zilm,
+  title = {\LaTeX -- Das Einsteigerseminar},
+  publisher = {351 Seiten, Verlag moderne industrie Buch, ISBN: 3-8266-7269-0, 9,95\,\euro},
+  year = {2003},
+  author = {Thorsten Zilm},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:latex3-projekt:latex2e,
+  author = {{\LaTeX}3-Projekt},
+  title = {{\LaTeXe} -- {A} {N}ew {V}ersion of {\LaTeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1993},
+  volume = {4/93},
+  pages = {8--10},
+  month = apr,
+  altnumber = {4},
+  altvolume = {5},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:team:enters,
+  author = {{\NTS\ Team}},
+  title = {\NTS{} Enters Alpha Test},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {9--10},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:texmerchandising-project:year2001,
+  author = {{\TeX Merchandising Project}, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Der \textbackslash{}year=2001 {\TeX} Kalender},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {4/00},
+  pages = {55--56},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex-merchandising-project:2004,
+  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Der {\textbackslash year=2004|} {\TeX} Kalender},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {69--70},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:tex-merchandising-project:year2003,
+  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2003 {\TeX} Kalender},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2002},
+  volume = {4/02},
+  pages = {63--64},
+  month = dec,
+  altnumber = {14},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:tex-merchandising-project:year2002,
+  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2002 {\TeX}-Kalender},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2001},
+  volume = {3/01},
+  pages = {61--62},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {13},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:tex-merchandising-project:year2000-tex-kalender,
+  author = {{\TeX}-Merchandising-Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
+  title = {Der {\textbackslash{}year}=2000-{\TeX}-Kalender},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:fitug-e-v-.ea:mehr,
+  author = {{Fitug e.V.} and others},
+  title = {Mehr Rechtssicherheit bei Software-Patenten},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {1/00},
+  pages = {55--57},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {1},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:sisystem,
+  title = {The International System of Units (SI)},
+  publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology},
+  year = {2001},
+  editor = {Barry N. Taylor},
+  author = {{International Bureau of Weights and Measures}},
+  volume = {330},
+  series = {NIST Special Publication},
+  address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001},
+  edition = {7},
+  month = jul,
+  abstract = {The International System of Units, universally
+	 abbreviated SI (from the French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is
+	 the modern metric system of measurement. Long the dominant system
+	 used in science, the SI is rapidly becoming the dominant measurement
+	 system used in international commerce. In recognition of this fact
+	 and the increasing global nature of the marketplace, the Omnibus
+	 Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988, which changed the name of
+	 the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute
+	 of Standards and Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task
+	 of helping U.S. industry increase its competitiveness, designates
+	 ?the metric system of measurement as the preferred system of weights
+	 and measures for United States trade and commerce.? The definitive
+	 international reference on the SI is a booklet published by the International
+	 Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM, Bureau International des Poids et
+	 Mesures ) and often referred to as the BIPM SI Brochure. Entitled Le
+	 Syste`me International d?Unite?s (SI) , the booklet is in French
+	 followed by a text in English. This 2001 edition of NIST Special
+	 Publication (SP) 330 is the United States version of the English text of
+	 the seventh edition of the Brochure (the most current). However,
+	 it also incorporates the contents of Supplement 2000: addenda and
+	 corrigenda to the 7th edition (1998) [Supple?ment 2000: additions
+	 et corrections a` la 7e e?dition (1998)] published by the BIPM in
+	 June 2000. The 2001 edition of NIST SP 330 replaces its immediate
+	 predecessor, the 1991 edition, which was based on the sixth edition of the
+	 BIPM SI Brochure published in 1991. Like its 1991 predecessor, this
+	 edition of NIST SP 330 conforms with the English text in the BIPM SI
+	 Brochure but contains a few minor differences to reflect the most recent
+	 interpretation of the SI for the United States by the Secretary of
+	 Commerce, as published in the Federal Register of July 28, 1998, 63 FR
+	 40334-40340. (The Metric Conversion Act of 1975 gives the Secretary of
+	 Commerce the responsibility of interpreting or modifying the SI for use
+	 in the United States.) These differences are as follows: (i) The
+	 spelling of English words is in accordance with the United States
+	 Government Printing Office Style Manual, which follows Webster?s Third New
+	 International Dictionary rather than the Oxford Dictionary. Thus the
+	 spellings ?meter,? ?liter,? and ?deca? are used rather than ?metre,?
+	 ?litre,? and ?deka? as in the original BIPM English text; (ii) the name
+	 of the unit with symbol t and defined according to 1 t = 103 kg is
+	 called ?metric ton? rather than ?tonne?; (iii) the four units curie,
+	 roentgen, rad, and rem are included in Table 8; (iv) a number of
+	 ?Editor?s notes? are added in order to indicate such differences
+	 (except spelling differences) and to clarify the text; and (v) a few
+	 very minor editorial changes are made in order to ?Americanize? some
+	 phrases. Because of the importance of the SI to science, technology, and
+	 commerce, and because (i) NIST coordinates the Federal Government
+	 policy on the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the
+	 use of the SI by U.S. industry, (ii) NIST provides official U.S.
+	 representation in the various international bodies established by the Meter
+	 Convention (see Appendix 3), and (iii) the Secretary of Commerce has
+	 delegated his authority to interpret or modify the SI for use in
+	 the United States to the NIST Director, NIST provides a number of
+	 other sources of information on the SI in addition to NIST SP 330.
+	 These include NIST Special Publication 811, Guide for the Use of the
+	 International System of Units (SI), by Barry N. Taylor; and NIST
+	 Special Publication 814, Interpretation of the SI for the United
+	 States and Metric Conversion Policy for Federal Agencies, Barry N.
+	 Taylor, Editor. Further, NIST SP 330, NIST SP 811, the aforementioned
+	 1998 Federal Register notice, the ?essentials? of the SI together
+	 with useful background information, and links to other organizations
+	 involved with the SI, for example, the NIST Metric Program and the BIPM
+	 itself, are all available on the Web site entitled ?NIST Reference on
+	 Constants, Units, and Uncertainty? at physics.nist.gov/cuu. Users of this
+	 NIST publication are encouraged to take advantage of these other
+	 sources of information. I should like to thank James B. McCracken of
+	 the NIST Metric Program, NIST Guest Researcher Ralph P. Hudson, and
+	 Ilse E. Putman of the NIST Electronic Typesetting Group for their
+	 highly capable assistance in the preparation of this publication.},
+  comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1998},
+  organization = {United States Department of Commerce},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+  url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:bexten.hiltner:latex,
+  author = {Erdmuthe {Meyer zu Bexten} and Jens Hiltner},
+  title = {{\LaTeX}: Das ideale Satzsystem f{\"u}r blinde Studierende in naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen?},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1999},
+  volume = {3/99},
+  pages = {14--26},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {11},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:mid:publisher,
+  author = {{MID/Information Logistics Group GmbH}},
+  title = {Publisher},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {40--41},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+  key = {mid:publisher},
+  keywords = {Rezension},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:wolfrum-jr-:os2,
+  author = {Philipp {Wolfrum jr.}},
+  title = {{OS/2} und {\TeX}},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1994},
+  volume = {1/94},
+  pages = {54--55},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {6},
+  annote = {#leserbrief#},
+  keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2},
+}
+
+@BOOK{bib:oxford,
+  title = {Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary},
+  publisher = {Cornelsen},
+  year = {1995},
+  editor = {Jonathan Crowther and Kathryn Kavanagh and Michael Ashby},
+  address = {Berlin},
+  edition = {5},
+  isbn = {3-464-11223-0},
+  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:typograpf,
+  title = {Typograpf der Zeit -- Hans Peter Willberg ist tot},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {3/03},
+  pages = {57--58},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#rezension#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex,
+  title = {{\TeX} Collection: Fehler und Updates},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2003},
+  volume = {4/03},
+  pages = {27--28},
+  month = nov,
+  altnumber = {15},
+  altvolume = {4},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.2::tex-raetsel,
+  title = {{\TeX}-R\"atsel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {2/00},
+  pages = {35},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:tex-raetsel,
+  title = {{\TeX}-R{\"atsel}: Die L\"osung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {2000},
+  volume = {3/00},
+  pages = {54},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {12},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#bretter#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:redaktionsstatut,
+  title = {Redaktionsstatut},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {1/98},
+  pages = {36--39},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:bericht,
+  title = {Bericht des {W}irtschaftpr{\"u}fers},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1998},
+  volume = {2/98},
+  pages = {12--25},
+  month = sep,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {10},
+  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:latex-raetsel,
+  title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {2/97},
+  pages = {40},
+  month = jul,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:latex-raetsel,
+  title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel, {H}eft 2/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1997},
+  volume = {3/97},
+  pages = {25},
+  month = oct,
+  altnumber = {3},
+  altvolume = {9},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:ftp.shsu.edu,
+  title = {ftp.shsu.edu},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {1/96},
+  pages = {24},
+  month = jun,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
+  key = {ftp.shsu.edu},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:latex-raetsel,
+  title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1996},
+  volume = {2/96},
+  pages = {69},
+  month = aug,
+  altnumber = {2},
+  altvolume = {8},
+  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
+  key = {latex-raetsel},
+  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:physikalisches-maerchen,
+  title = {Ein physikalisches {M}{\"a}rchen},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1991},
+  volume = {1/91},
+  pages = {32--33},
+  month = may,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {3},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+  key = {physikalisches maerchen},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:rotkaeppchen,
+  title = {Rotk{\"a}ppchen, wie der {I}nformatiker es seinen {K}indern erz{\"a}hlt},
+  journal = dtk,
+  year = {1990},
+  volume = {1/90},
+  pages = {44--45},
+  month = mar,
+  altnumber = {1},
+  altvolume = {2},
+  annote = {#magazin#},
+  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
+  optauthor = {N. N.},
+}
+